(DIN en 16212-2012-11) - Energieeffizienz - Und - Einsparberechnung - Top-Down - Und Bottom-Up-Methoden Deutsche Fassung en 16212-2012
(DIN en 16212-2012-11) - Energieeffizienz - Und - Einsparberechnung - Top-Down - Und Bottom-Up-Methoden Deutsche Fassung en 16212-2012
(DIN en 16212-2012-11) - Energieeffizienz - Und - Einsparberechnung - Top-Down - Und Bottom-Up-Methoden Deutsche Fassung en 16212-2012
Firmware manual
Standard pump control program for ACQ810 drives
Code (English)
3AUA0000055159
3AUA0000055161
3AUA0000055155
3AUA0000120538
3AFE68929814
3AUA0000055144
3AUA0000055159
3AUA0000078664
ACQ810 manuals
Firmware Manual
ACQ810 Standard Pump Control Program
Table of contents
3AUA0000055144 Rev E
EN
EFFECTIVE: 2014-03-17
Table of contents 5
Table of contents
1. About the manual
What this chapter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terms and abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11
11
11
11
12
12
Safety
15
15
16
16
16
17
18
19
19
20
21
22
23
25
32
33
35
37
39
47
49
50
51
3. Control locations
What this chapter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Local control vs. external control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Local control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
53
54
54
55
6 Table of contents
4. Program features
What this chapter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive configuration and programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Programming via parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pump control features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PID control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sleep function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Soft pipefill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Autochange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flow calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pump cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protective functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quick ramp mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Programmable analog inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Programmable analog outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Programmable digital inputs and outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Programmable I/O extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Programmable relay outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fieldbus control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motor control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Constant speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Critical speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speed controller tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scalar motor control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User-definable load curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User-definable U/f curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flux braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC voltage control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overvoltage control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Undervoltage control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage control and trip limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety and protections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emergency stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal motor protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Programmable protection functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic fault reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Energy savings calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Energy consumption monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signal supervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Load analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
57
57
58
58
60
60
61
63
64
65
66
66
68
70
70
70
70
71
71
71
73
73
73
73
75
76
77
78
79
79
79
81
81
81
82
83
83
83
84
85
86
86
86
86
87
88
Table of contents 7
Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Backup and restore of drive contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data storage parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive-to-drive link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
89
89
90
91
5. Application macros
What this chapter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Factory default macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Description and typical application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Default settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Default control connections for the Factory default macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
External control macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Description and typical application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Default settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Default control connections for the External control macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Hand/Auto control macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Description and typical application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Default settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Default control connections for the Hand/Auto control macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
TRAD (Traditional pump) control macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Description and typical application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Default settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Default control connections for the TRAD macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Application examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Level control macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Description and typical application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Default settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Default control connections for the Level control macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Multipump control macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Description and typical application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Default settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Default control connections for the Multipump control macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Pressure sensor connection examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
6. Parameters
What this chapter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terms and abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Summary of parameter groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parameter listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
01 Actual values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
02 I/O values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
03 Control values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
04 Appl values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
05 Pump values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
06 Drive status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
08 Alarms & faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
09 System info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10 Start/stop/dir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
115
115
116
118
118
119
129
129
130
133
138
143
144
8 Table of contents
11 Start/stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12 Operating mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13 Analogue inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14 Digital I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15 Analogue outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19 Speed calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20 Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
21 Speed ref . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22 Speed ref ramp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
23 Speed ctrl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25 Critical speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
26 Constant speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
27 Process PID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
28 Procact sel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
29 Setpoint sel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30 Fault functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31 Motor therm prot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32 Automatic reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33 Supervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
34 User load curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
35 Process variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
36 Timed functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
38 Flux ref . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40 Motor control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
44 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
45 Energy optimising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
47 Voltage ctrl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
49 Data storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
50 Fieldbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
51 FBA settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
52 FBA data in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
53 FBA data out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
56 Panel display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
58 Embedded Modbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64 Load analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
75 Pump logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
76 MF communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
77 Pump sleep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
78 Pump autochange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
79 Level control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
80 Flow calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
81 Pump protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
82 Pump cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
83 Energy monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
94 Ext IO conf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
95 Hw configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
97 User motor par . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
99 Start-up data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
150
152
153
159
170
176
180
182
184
186
188
196
197
199
203
205
207
209
214
214
218
220
226
231
232
234
240
241
242
242
245
246
247
247
249
253
256
268
271
274
279
284
288
296
299
300
300
300
301
Table of contents 9
307
307
308
308
308
309
310
314
8. Fault tracing
What this chapter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fault history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm messages generated by the drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fault messages generated by the drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
335
335
335
336
336
344
355
356
357
358
360
362
363
363
363
363
364
365
365
367
369
370
371
372
373
374
374
374
374
374
374
375
376
376
376
10 Table of contents
State transition diagram for the DCU 32-bit profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
References for the DCU 32-bit profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modbus register addresses for the DCU 32-bit profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modbus function codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modbus exception codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
376
377
379
380
381
383
384
385
387
388
389
389
389
390
391
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
Further information
Product and service inquiries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Providing feedback on ABB Drives manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Document library on the Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
401
401
401
401
1
About the manual
What this chapter contains
The chapter describes the contents of the manual. It also contains information on the
compatibility, safety and intended audience.
Compatibility
The manual is compatible with:
Safety instructions
Follow all safety instructions delivered with the drive.
Read the complete safety instructions before you install, commission, or use
the drive. The complete safety instructions are given at the beginning of the
Hardware Manual.
Read the software function specific warnings and notes before changing the
default settings of the function. For each function, the warnings and notes are
given in this manual in the section describing the related user-adjustable
parameters.
Reader
The reader of the manual is expected to know the standard electrical wiring practices,
electronic components, and electrical schematic symbols.
Contents
The manual consists of the following chapters:
The ACQ810 control panel provides a description and instructions for use of the
control panel.
Control locations describes the control locations and operation modes of the
drive.
Fault tracing lists the alarm (warning) and fault messages with possible causes
and remedies.
Definition
AI
AO
DC link
DI
DIO
DO
DTC
EFB
Embedded fieldbus
FBA
Fieldbus adapter
FIO-01
FIO-11
FIO-21
FIO-31
FDNA-0x
FENA-0x
FLON-0x
FPBA-0x
Term/abbreviation
Definition
FSCA-0x
IGBT
I/O
Input/Output
ID run
Motor identification run. During the identification run, the drive will identify
the characteristics of the motor for optimum motor control.
JCU
Control unit of the drive module. The JCU is installed on top of the power
unit. The external I/O control signals are connected to the JCU, or
optional I/O extensions mounted on it.
JMU
JPU
LSB
LSW
MSB
MSW
Parameter
PI controller
Proportional-integral controller
PID controller
PLC
Power unit
Contains the power electronics and connections of the drive module. The
JCU is connected to the power unit.
PTC
RFG
RO
STO
UIFQ xxxx
UPS
2
The ACQ810 control panel
What this chapter contains
This chapter describes the features and operation of the ACQ810 control panel.
The control panel can be used to control the drive, read status data, and adjust
parameters.
Features
copy function parameters can be copied to the control panel memory for later
transfer to other drives or for backup of a particular system.
Installation
Mechanical installation
For mounting options, see the Hardware Manual of the drive.
Instructions for mounting the control panel onto a cabinet door are available in
ACS-CP-U Control Panel IP54 Mounting Platform Kit Installation Guide
(3AUA0000049072 [English]).
Electrical installation
Use a CAT5 straight-through network cable with a maximum length of 3 meters.
Suitable cables are available from ABB.
For the control panel connector location on the drive, see the Hardware Manual of the
drive.
Layout
1
2a LOC
LOC
2b
2c
3
7
30.10Hz
30.00rpm
30.00rpm
400RPM
10 Hz
120049
RPM
12.4 A0 50 A
405 10
dm3/s
7%
DIR
DIR
.
.
.
12:45
00:00
5
6
MENU
MENU
4
8
10
No.
Use
Status LED Green = normal operation; blinking green = an alarm is active; red = a fault is active.
Soft key 1 Function depends on the context. The text in the lower left corner of the LCD display
indicates the function.
Soft key 2 Function depends on the context. The text in the lower right corner of the LCD display
indicates the function.
Up
Scrolls up through a menu or list displayed in the center of the LCD display.
Increments a value if a parameter is selected.
Increments the reference value if the upper right corner is highlighted.
Holding the key down changes the value faster.
Down
Scrolls down through a menu or list displayed in the center of the LCD display.
Decrements a value if a parameter is selected.
Decrements the reference value if the upper right corner is highlighted.
Holding the key down changes the value faster.
Help Displays context sensitive information when the key is pressed. The information displayed
describes the item currently highlighted in the center of the display.
10
Status line
The top line of the LCD display shows the basic status information of the drive.
LOC
1
30.00rpm
2
LOC
1
MAIN MENU
2
1
4
No.
Field
Alternatives
Significance
Control location
LOC
REM
State
Dotted rotating
arrow
Stationary arrow
Drive is stopped.
Dotted stationary
arrow
Reference value or
number of the
selected item
Operating instructions
Basics of operation
You operate the control panel with menus and keys. The keys include two contextsensitive soft keys, whose current function is indicated by the text shown in the
display above each key.
You select an option, e.g. operation mode or parameter, by entering the MENU state
using soft key 2, and then by scrolling the
and
arrow keys until the
option is highlighted and then pressing the relevant soft key. With the right soft key
you usually enter a mode, accept an option or save the changes. The left soft key is
used to cancel the made changes and return to the previous operation level.
The Control Panel has ten options in the Main menu: Parameters, Assistants,
Changed Par, Fault Logger, Time & Date, Parameter Backup, I/O Settings, Reference
Edit, Drive Info and Parameter Change Log. In addition, the control panel has an
Output mode, which is used as default. Also, when a fault or alarm occurs, the panel
goes automatically to the Fault mode showing the fault or alarm. You can reset the
fault in the Output or Fault mode. The operation in these modes and options is
described in this chapter.
Initially, the panel is in the Output mode, where you
can start, stop, change the direction, switch between
local and remote control, modify the reference value
and monitor up to three actual values. To do other
tasks, go first to the Main menu and select the
appropriate option on the menu. The status line (see
section Status line on page 18) shows the name of
the current menu, mode, item or state.
30.00rpm
LOC
DIR
LOC
49. 10
0. 50
10.7
00:00
Hz
A
%
MENU
MAIN MENU
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
EXIT
00:00
ENTER
List of tasks
The table below lists common tasks, the mode in which you can perform them,
abbreviations of the options in the Main menu and the page number where the steps
to do the task are described in detail.
Task
Abbreviations of
the Main menu
options *
Page
Any
21
Any
21
Output
22
Any
22
Any
23
Output
23
Output
24
Parameters
PARAMETERS
25
PARAMETERS
26
Parameters
PARAMETERS
28
Parameters
PARAMETERS
30
Parameters
PARAMETERS
31
Assistants
ASSISTANTS
32
33
Fault Logger
FAULT LOGGER
35
Fault Logger
FAULT LOGGER
36
37
Parameter Backup
PAR BACKUP
39
Parameter Backup
PAR BACKUP
39
Parameter Backup
PAR BACKUP
45
I/O SETTINGS
47
Reference Edit
REF EDIT
49
Drive Info
DRIVE INFO
50
Parameter Change
Log
51
Action
Display
1.
LOC
TIME & DATE
6
TIME FORMAT
DATE FORMAT
SET TIME
SET DATE
DAYLIGHT SAVING
00:00
SEL
EXIT
LOC
HELP
Use daylight saving
to enable or disable
automatic clock
adjustment according
to daylight saving
EXIT
00:00
2.
If the whole text is not visible, scroll the lines with keys
and
.
LOC
HELP
to enable or disable
automatic clock
adjustment according
to daylight saving
changes
EXIT
00:00
3.
LOC
TIME & DATE
6
TIME FORMAT
DATE FORMAT
SET TIME
SET DATE
DAYLIGHT SAVING
EXIT
00:00
SEL
Action
1.
2.
Display
Action
Display
1.
LOC
MESSAGE
Switching to the
local control mode.
00:00
The very first time the drive is powered up, it is in remote
control (REM) and controlled through the drive I/O
terminals. To switch to local control (LOC) and control the
drive using the control panel, press LOC
REM . The result
depends on how long you press the key:
If you release the key immediately (the display flashes
Switching to the local control mode), the drive stops.
Set the local control reference as instructed on page 23.
If you press the key until the text Keep running appears,
the drive continues running as before. The drive copies
the current remote values for the run/stop status and the
reference, and uses them as the initial local control
settings.
To stop the drive in local control, press
The arrow ( or
stops rotating.
Output mode
In the Output mode, you can:
start, stop, change the direction and switch between local and remote control.
EXIT
repeatedly.
30.00rpm
LOC
DIR
49. 10
0. 50
10.7
00:00
Hz
A
%
MENU
Action
If you are not in the Output mode, press
until you get there.
Display
EXIT
repeatedly
DIR
2.
LOC
DIR
3.
30.00rpm
REM
49. 10
0. 50
10.7
00:00
Hz
A
%
MENU
30.00rpm
49. 10
0. 50
10.7
00:00
Hz
A
%
MENU
Action
1.
Display
EXIT
repeatedly
REM
DIR
30.00rpm
49. 10
0. 50
10.7
00:00
Hz
A
%
MENU
Step
Action
Display
2.
LOC
DIR
3.
LOC
DIR
30.00rpm
49. 10
0. 50
10.7
00:00
Hz
A
%
MENU
31.00rpm
49. 10
0. 50
10.7
00:00
Hz
A
%
MENU
Action
Display
1.
EXIT
repeatedly
DIR
2.
MENU
MENU
and
30.00rpm
LOC
49. 10
0. 50
10.7
00:00
30.00rpm
LOC
and
DIR
Hz
A
%
MENU
49. 10
0. 50
10.7
00:00
Hz
A
%
MENU
Parameters
In the Parameters option, you can:
start, stop, change the direction and switch between local and remote control.
Action
Display
1.
MENU
LOC
MAIN MENU
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
EXIT
00:00
ENTER
2.
LOC
PAR GROUPS
01
01 Actual values
02 I/O values
03 Control values
04 Appl values
05 Pump values
EXIT
00:00
SEL
3.
LOC
PAR GROUPS
99
99 Start-up data
01 Actual values
02 I/O values
03 Control values
04 Appl values
EXIT
00:00
SEL
Press
4.
SEL
Press
EDIT
LOC
PARAMETERS
9901 Language
English
9904 Motor type
9905 Motor ctrl mode
9906 Mot nom current
EXIT
00:00
EDIT
LOC
9901
9904
9905
9906
PARAMETERS
Language
Motor type
Motor ctrl mode
Mot nom current
0.0 A
EXIT
00:00
EDIT
LOC
PAR EDIT
0.0
CANCEL
00:00
SAVE
Step
Action
Display
5.
LOC
6.
SAVE
PAR EDIT
3.5
CANCEL
00:00
SAVE
PARAMETERS
LOC
9906 Mot nom current
3.5 A
9907 Mot nom voltage
9908 Mot nom freq
9909 Mot nom speed
EXIT
EDIT
00:00
Action
Display
MENU
LOC
MAIN MENU
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
EXIT
00:00
ENTER
2.
LOC
PAR GROUPS
01
01 Actual values
02 I/O values
03 Control values
04 Appl values
05 Pump values
EXIT
00:00
SEL
3.
LOC
PAR GROUPS
21
15 Analogue outputs
16 System
19 Speed calculation
20 Limits
21 Speed ref
EXIT
00:00
SEL
Step
Action
Display
4.
Press
to select the appropriate parameter group.
Select the appropriate parameter with keys
and
, current value of each parameter is shown below
it.
5.
Press
. Current value of the value pointer parameter
is shown, as well as the parameter it points to.
SEL
EDIT
LOC
PARAMETERS
2101 Speed ref1 sel
AI1 scaled
2102 Speed ref2 sel
2103 Speed ref1 func
2104 Speed ref1/2 sel
00:00
EDIT
EXIT
LOC
PAR EDIT
AI1 scaled
[P.02.05]
CANCEL 00:00
6.
LOC
SEL
PAR EDIT
FBA ref1
[P.02.26]
CANCEL 00:00
7.
8.
SEL
SEL
Press
to accept any of the preselected values and
to return to the parameters list.
The new value is shown in the parameters list.
LOC
PARAMETERS
2101 Speed ref1 sel
FBA ref1
2102 Speed ref2 sel
2105 Speed share
2109 SpeedRef min abs
EXIT
00:00
EDIT
LOC
NEXT
Press
to select the parameter index.
Again, the text below the cursor reflects the current
setting.
PAR EDIT
P.02.05
02 I/O values
CANCEL 00:00
LOC
SAVE
PAR EDIT
P.02.07
LOC
PARAMETERS
2101 Speed ref1 sel
AI2 scaled
2102 Speed ref2 sel
2105 Speed share
2109 SpeedRef min abs
EXIT
00:00
EDIT
Action
Display
MENU
LOC
MAIN MENU
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
EXIT
00:00
ENTER
2.
LOC
PAR GROUPS
01
01 Actual values
02 I/O values
03 Control values
04 Appl values
05 Pump values
EXIT
00:00
SEL
3.
LOC
PAR GROUPS
10
10 Start/stop/dir
11 Start/stop mode
12 Operating mode
13 Analogue inputs
14 Digital I/O
EXIT
00:00
SEL
4.
Press
to select the appropriate parameter group.
Current value of each parameter is shown below its
name.
LOC
PARAMETERS
1001 Ext1 start func
In1
1002 Ext1 start in1
1003 Ext1 start in2
1004 Ext2 start func
00:00
EDIT
EXIT
LOC
PARAMETERS
1001 Ext1 start func
1002 Ext1 start in1
DI1
1003 Ext1 start in2
1004 Ext2 start func
EXIT
00:00
EDIT
5.
SEL
Press
EDIT
LOC
PAR EDIT
DI1
[P.02.01.00]
CANCEL 00:00
SEL
Step
Action
Display
6.
. The
LOC
PAR EDIT
DIO4
[P.02.03.03]
CANCEL 00:00
7.
8.
SEL
SEL
Press
to accept any of the preselected values and
to return to the parameters list.
LOC
PARAMETERS
1002 Ext1 start in1
DIO4
1003 Ext1 start in2
1004 Ext2 start func
1005 Ext2 start in1
EXIT
00:00
EDIT
LOC
NEXT
Press
to select the parameter index.
Again, the text below the cursor reflects the current
setting.
PAR EDIT
P.02.01.00
02 I/O values
CANCEL 00:00
LOC
SAVE
PAR EDIT
P.02.01.00
0201 DI status
CANCEL 00:00
9.
NEXT
Press
to select the bit.
Again, the text below the cursor reflects the current
setting.
LOC
SAVE
PAR EDIT
P.02.01.01
01 DI2
CANCEL
10.
00:00
SAVE
LOC
PARAMETERS
1002 Ext1 start in1
P.02.01.01
1003 Ext1 start in2
1004 Ext2 start func
1005 Ext2 start in1
EXIT
00:00
EDIT
Action
Display
1.
MENU
LOC
MAIN MENU
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
EXIT
2.
00:00
ENTER
LOC
PAR GROUPS
01
01 Actual values
02 I/O values
03 Control values
04 Appl values
05 Pump values
EXIT
00:00
SEL
LOC
PAR GROUPS
14
10 Start/stop/dir
11 Start/stop mode
12 Operating mode
13 Analogue inputs
14 Digital I/O
EXIT
SEL
00:00
SEL
3.
Press
to select the appropriate parameter group.
Select the appropriate parameter with keys
and
. Current value of each parameter is shown below
its name.
4.
Press
EDIT
LOC
1404
1405
1406
1407
PARAMETERS
DIO1 Ton9901
DIO1 Toff
DIO2 conf
DIO2 out src
P.06.02.03
EXIT
00:00
EDIT
LOC
PAR EDIT
Pointer
CANCEL
Select CONST with keys
and
LOC
00:00
NEXT
PAR EDIT
Const
CANCEL
00:00
NEXT
Step
5.
Action
Press
Display
NEXT
LOC
PAR EDIT
C.FALSE
[0]
CANCEL
6.
LOC
00:00
SAVE
PAR EDIT
C.TRUE
[1]
CANCEL
7.
SAVE
To continue, press
.
To cancel the new value and keep the original, press
CANCEL
.
The new value is shown in the parameters list.
00:00
SAVE
LOC
PARAMETERS
1407 DIO2 out src
C.TRUE
1408 DIO2 Ton
1409 DIO2 Toff
1410 DIO3 conf
EXIT
00:00
EDIT
Action
Display
1.
LOC
PAR EDIT
01.03
CANCEL
LOC
00:00
NEXT
PAR EDIT
01.04
CANCEL
LOC
00:00
NEXT
PAR EDIT
01.06
CANCEL
00:00
NEXT
Assistants
Assistants are routines that guide you through the essential parameter settings
related to a specific task, for example application macro selection, entering the motor
data, or reference selection.
An assistant may merely consist of a sequence of parameters that the user must
adjust, but may also involve questions; based on the answers, one or several
parameters are automatically adjusted. The assistant may also display additional
information about the selections.
In the Assistants mode, you can:
use assistants to guide you through the specification of a set of basic parameters
start, stop, change the direction and switch between local and remote control.
Action
Display
1.
MENU
LOC
4.
00:00
ENTER
LOC
CHOICE
1/3
Select assistant:
Motor Set-up
Application Macro
Start-up assistant
EXIT
3.
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
EXIT
2.
MAIN MENU
LOC
00:00
OK
PAR EDIT
AM
[0]
EXIT
00:00
SAVE
Changed Parameters
In the Changed Parameters mode, you can:
view a list of all parameters that have been changed from the macro default
values
start, stop, change the direction and switch between local and remote control.
Action
Display
1.
MENU
LOC
MAIN MENU
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
EXIT
2.
00:00
ENTER
LOC
MESSAGE
No parameters
00:00
If parameters have been changed, a list of them is
shown. Select the changed parameter on the list with
keys
and
. The value of the selected
parameter is shown below it.
3.
Press
EDIT
CHANGED PAR
LOC
9906 Mot nom current
3.5 A
9907 Mot nom voltage
9908 Mot nom freq
9909 Mot nom speed
EDIT
EXIT
00:00
LOC
PAR EDIT
3.5
CANCEL
4.
LOC
00:00
SAVE
PAR EDIT
3.0
CANCEL
00:00
SAVE
Step
Action
Display
5.
SAVE
LOC
CHANGED PAR
9906 Mot nom current
3.0 A
9907 Mot nom voltage
9908 Mot nom freq
9909 Mot nom speed
00:00
EDIT
EXIT
Fault Logger
In the Fault Logger option, you can:
read the help text for the fault and make corrective actions
start, stop, change the direction and switch between local and remote control.
Action
Display
1.
MENU
LOC
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
EXIT
2.
MAIN MENU
00:00
ENTER
LOC
MESSAGE
No fault history
found
LOC
FAULT LOGGER 1
36: PANEL CTRL LOSS
29.04.08 10:45:58
EXIT
3.
4.
and
DIAG
00:00
DETAIL
LOC
PANEL CTRL LOSS
TIME
10:45:58
FAULT CODE
36
FAULT CODE EXTENSION
EXIT
00:00
DIAG
LOC
Check parameter 30.0
3 Panel ctrl loss se
tting. Check PC tool
or panel connection.
EXIT
OK
Step
Action
Display
5.
Press
. The panel allows you to edit necessary
parameters to correct the fault.
OK
LOC
PAR EDIT
Fault
[1]
EXIT
6.
LOC
00:00
SAVE
PAR EDIT
[2]
EXIT
00:00
SAVE
Action
Display
1.
LOC
FAULT
FAULT 36
PANEL CTRL LOSS
RESET
EXIT
start, stop, change the direction and switch between local and remote control.
The Control Panel contains a battery to ensure the function of the clock when the
panel is not powered by the drive.
How to show or hide the clock, change display formats, set the date and time
and enable or disable clock transitions due to daylight saving changes
Step
Action
Display
1.
MENU
LOC
MAIN MENU
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
EXIT
00:00
ENTER
2.
LOC
TIME & DATE
1
CLOCK VISIBILITY
TIME FORMAT
DATE FORMAT
SET TIME
SET DATE
EXIT
00:00
SEL
3.
LOC
CLOCK VISIB
Show clock
Hide clock
EXIT
To specify the time format, select TIME FORMAT on the
SEL
menu, press
and select a suitable format with keys
SEL
CANCEL
and
. Press
to save or
to
cancel your changes.
00:00
SEL
LOC
TIME FORMAT
24-hour
12-hour
CANCEL
00:00
SEL
Step
Action
Display
LOC
DATE FORMAT
dd.mm.yy
mm/dd/yy
dd.mm.yyyy
mm/dd/yyyy
CANCEL
To set the time, select SET TIME on the menu and press
SEL
.
Specify the hours with keys
and
, and press
OK
.
OK
CANCEL
Then specify the minutes. Press
to save or
to cancel your changes.
LOC
00:00
OK
SET TIME
15:41
CANCEL
OK
To set the date, select SET DATE on the menu and press
SEL
.
Specify the first part of the date (day or month depending
on the selected date format) with keys
and
OK
, and press
. Repeat for the second part.
OK
After specifying the year, press
. To cancel your
CANCEL
changes, press
.
LOC
LOC
DAYLIGHT SAV 1
Off
EU
US
Australia1:NSW,Vict..
Australia2:Tasmania..
EXIT
00:00
SEL
SET DATE
19.03.2008
CANCEL
LOC
00:00
HELP
OK
EU:
On: Mar last Sunday
Off: Oct last Sunday
US:
EXIT
00:00
Parameter Backup
The Parameter Backup option is used to export parameters from one drive to another
or to make a backup of the drive parameters. Uploading stores all drive parameters,
including up to four user sets, to the Control Panel. Selectable subsets of the backup
file can then be restored/downloaded from the control panel to the same drive or
another drive of the same type.
In the Parameter Backup option, you can:
Copy all parameters from the drive to the control panel with MAKE BACKUP TO
PANEL. This includes all defined user sets of parameters and internal (not
adjustable by the user) parameters such as those created by the ID Run.
View the information about the backup stored in the control panel with SHOW
BACKUP INFO. This includes e.g. version information etc. of the current backup
file in the panel. It is useful to check this information when you are going to restore
the parameters to another drive with RESTORE PARS ALL to ensure that the
drives are compatible.
Restore the full parameter set from the control panel to the drive using the
RESTORE PARS ALL command. This writes all parameters, including the internal
non-user-adjustable motor parameters, to the drive. It does NOT include the user
sets of parameters.
Note: Use this function only to restore the parameters from a backup or to restore
parameters to systems that are compatible.
Restore all parameters, except motor data, to the drive with RESTORE PARS
NO-IDRUN.
Restore only motor data parameters to the drive with RESTORE PARS IDRUN.
Restore all user sets to the drive with RESTORE ALL USER SETS.
Restore only user set 14 to the drive with RESTORE USER SET 1RESTORE
USER SET 4.
Action
Display
1.
MENU
LOC
MAIN MENU
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
EXIT
00:00
ENTER
Step
Action
Display
2.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
1
MAKE BACKUP TO PANEL
SHOW BACKUP INFO
RESTORE PARS ALL
RESTORE PARS NO-IDRUN
RESTORE PARS IDRUN
EXIT
00:00
SEL
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Copying file 1/2
ABORT
After the backup is completed, the display shows a
OK
message about the completion. Press
to return to
the Par Backup.
LOC
MESSAGE
Parameter upload
successful
OK
To perform restore functions, select the appropriate
operation (here RESTORE PARS ALL is used as an
example) on the Par Backup with keys
and
.
Press
SEL
. Restoring starts.
00:00
00:00
LOC
PAR BACKUP
3
MAKE BACKUP TO PANEL
SHOW BACKUP INFO
RESTORE PARS ALL
RESTORE PARS NO-IDRUN
RESTORE PARS IDRUN
00:00
EXIT
SEL
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Initializing param
restore operation
00:00
A version check is made. Scroll the text with keys
and
.
CONT
CANCEL
LOC
VERSION CHECK 1
FIRMWARE VERSION
UIFQ,200F,0,
UIFQ,200C,0,
OK
PRODUCT VARIANT
CANCEL 00:00
CONT
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Initializing param.
restore operation
00:00
Step
Action
Display
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Restarting drive
00:00
The display shows the transfer status as a percentage of
completion.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Restoring/downloading
all parameters
50%
Downloading finishes.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Finishing restore
operation
Parameter errors
If you try to backup and restore parameters between different firmware versions, the
panel shows you the following parameter error information:
Step
Action
Display
1.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Initializing param.
restore operation
00:00
2.
LOC
VERSION CHECK 1
FIRMWARE VERSION
UIFQ,200F,0,
UIFQ,200C,0,
OK
PRODUCT VARIANT
CANCEL 00:00
CONT
LOC
VER CHECK
2
FIRMWARE VERSION
PRODUCT VARIANT
7
7
OK
CANCEL 00:00
CONT
Step
Action
Display
3.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Initializing param
restore operation
00:00
Downloading continues, drive is being restarted.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Restarting drive
00:00
The display shows the transfer status as a percentage of
completion.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Restoring/downloading
all parameters
50%
Downloading continues.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Restarting drive
00:00
4.
Downloading finishes.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Finishing restore
operation
LOC
PARAM ERRORS 1
9401 Ext IO1 sel
0
?
INCORRECT VALUE TYPE
9402 Ext IO2 sel
READY 00:00
LOC
PARAM ERRORS 13
21110
21201
1
?
PARAMETER NOT FOUND
READY 00:00
Step
Action
Display
5.
EDIT
Press
SAVE
Press
CANCEL
LOC
PAR EDIT
External 24V
[1]
CANCEL
SAVE
LOC
PAR EDIT
Internal 24V
[0]
CANCEL
7.
00:00
Press
when you have finished editing the
parameters.
00:00
SAVE
LOC
PARAM ERRORS 9
9501 Ctrl boardSupply
0
0
INCORRECT VALUE TYPE
9503
READY 00:00
EDIT
Action
Display
1.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Initializing param
restore operation
00:00
2.
and
LOC
VER CHECK
1
FIRMWARE VERSION
UIFQ,200F,0,
UIFQ,200C,0,
OK
PRODUCT VARIANT
CANCEL 00:00
CONT
LOC
VER CHECK
2
FIRMWARE VERSION
PRODUCT VARIANT
7
7
OK
CANCEL 00:00
CONT
Step
Action
Display
3.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Initializing param
restore operation
00:00
4.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Restarting drive
00:00
5.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Restoring/downloading
user set 1
50%
6.
Downloading continues.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Initializing param
restore operation
00:00
7.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Restarting drive
00:00
8.
Downloading finishes.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Finishing restore
operation
9.
LOC
ALARM
ALARM 2036
RESTORE
EXIT
Action
Display
1.
LOC
PAR GROUPS
16
12 Operating mode
13 Analogue inputs
14 Digital I/O
15 Analogue outputs
16 System
EXIT
SEL
00:00
2.
Press
to select parameter group 16. Select
parameter 16.09 User set sel with keys
and
. Current value of each parameter is shown below
its name.
3.
Press
SEL
EDIT
LOC
1603
1604
1607
1609
PARAMETERS
Pass code9901
Param restore
Param save
User set sel
No request
EXIT
00:00
EDIT
LOC
PAR EDIT
No request
[1]
CANCEL
Select the user set you want to load with keys
.
Press
SAVE
and
LOC
SAVE
PAR EDIT
Load set 1
[2]
CANCEL
4.
00:00
LOC
00:00
SAVE
FAULT
FAULT 310
USERSET LOAD
RESET
EXIT
Action
Display
1.
MENU
LOC
MAIN MENU
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
EXIT
00:00
ENTER
Step
Action
Display
2.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
2
MAKE BACKUP TO PANEL
SHOW BACKUP INFO
RESTORE PARS ALL
RESTORE PARS NO-IDRUN
RESTORE PARS IDRUN
EXIT
00:00
SEL
3.
Press
. The display shows the following information
about the drive from where the backup was made:
BACKUP INTERFACE VER: Format version of the
backup file
FIRMWARE VERSION: Information on the firmware
UIFQ: Firmware of the ACQ810 drive
2010: Firmware version
0: Firmware patch version
PRODUCT VARIANT:
7: ACQ810 (Pump control program)
You can scroll the information with
and
.
4.
SEL
Press
EXIT
LOC
BACKUP INFO
BACKUP INTERFACE VER
0.4
0.4
FIRMWARE VERSION
UIFQ,2010,0,
EXIT
00:00
LOC
BACKUP INFO
FIRMWARE VERSION
UIFQ,2010,0,
UIFQ,200F,0,
PRODUCT VARIANT
7
EXIT
00:00
LOC
PAR BACKUP
1
MAKE BACKUP TO PANEL
SHOW BACKUP INFO
RESTORE PARS ALL
RESTORE PARS NO-IDRUN
RESTORE PARS IDRUN
EXIT
00:00
SEL
I/O Settings
In the I/O Settings mode, you can:
check the parameter settings that configure the I/Os of the drive
check the parameters that have an input or output selected as their source or
target
start, stop, change the direction and switch between local and remote control.
Action
Display
1.
MENU
LOC
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
EXIT
2.
MAIN MENU
00:00
ENTER
LOC
I/O SETTINGS
1
Analog outputs
Analog inputs
Digital I/Os
Digital inputs
Relay outputs
EXIT
00:00
SEL
LOC
I/O SETTINGS
4
Analog outputs
Analog inputs
Digital I/Os
Digital inputs
Relay outputs
EXIT
00:00
SEL
SEL
3.
Press
. After a brief pause, the display shows the
current settings for the selection.
You can scroll digital inputs and parameters with keys
and
.
4.
Press
. The panel shows information related to I/O
selected (in this case, DI1).
You can scroll information with keys
and
.
EXIT
Press
to return to the digital inputs.
INFO
LOC
I/O SETTINGS
1
DI1
1002 Ext1 start in1
DI2
DI3
1010 Fault reset sel
00:00
INFO
EXIT
LOC
I/O INFO
NUM OF I/O ITEMS
0
SLOT NUMBER
0
NODE NUMBER
EXIT
00:00
Step
Action
Display
5.
LOC
I/O SETTINGS 1
DI1
1002 Ext1 start in1
DI2
DI3
1010 Fault reset sel
00:00
EDIT
EXIT
6.
Press
EDIT
LOC
PAR EDIT
DI1
[P.02.01.00]
CANCEL 00:00
7.
8.
LOC
SEL
PAR EDIT
DI04
[P.02.03.03]
CANCEL 00:00
SEL
LOC
I/O SETTINGS 1
DI1
1002 Ext1 start in1
DI2
DI3
1010 Fault reset sel
EXIT
00:00
EDIT
Reference Edit
In the Reference Edit option, you can:
start, stop, change the direction and switch between local and remote control.
Action
Display
1.
REM
MESSAGE
Reference editing
enabled only in
local control mode
2.
MENU
00:00
LOC
MAIN MENU
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
EXIT
3.
LOC
00:00
0000.00rpm
LOC
5.
00:00
NEXT
REF EDIT
1250.00rpm
CANCEL
SAVE
ENTER
REF EDIT
CANCEL
4.
LOC
DIR
00:00
SAVE
-1250.00rpm
49. 10
0. 50
10.7
00:00
Hz
A
%
MENU
Drive Info
In the Drive Info option, you can:
start, stop, change the direction and switch between local and remote control.
Action
Display
1.
MENU
LOC
MAIN MENU
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
EXIT
00:00
ENTER
2.
LOC
DRIVE INFO
DRIVE NAME
DRIVE TYPE
ACQ810
DRIVE MODEL
EXIT
00:00
3.
LOC
DRIVE INFO
FW VERSION
UIFQ,2010,0,
SOLUTION PROGRAM
BASE SOLUTION PROGRAM
EXIT
00:00
start, stop, change the direction and switch between local and remote control.
Action
Display
1.
MENU
LOC
MAIN MENU
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
EXIT
2.
00:00
ENTER
LOC
MESSAGE
No parameters
available
00:00
3.
1
LOC
LAST CHANGES
9402 Ext IO2 sel
None
11.09.2008 12:04:55
9401 Ext IO1 sel
9402 Ext IO2 sel
EXIT
00:00
EDIT
LOC
PAR EDIT
None
[0]
CANCEL
4.
LOC
00:00
SAVE
PAR EDIT
FIO-01
[1]
CANCEL
00:00
SAVE
Step
Action
Display
5.
1
LOC
LAST CHANGES
9402 Ext IO2 sel
FIO-01
12.09.2008 15:09:33
9402 Ext IO2 sel
9401 Ext IO1 sel
00:00
EDIT
EXIT
Control locations 53
3
Control locations
What this chapter contains
This chapter describes the control locations of the drive.
54 Control locations
External control
*I/O
Local control
Drive-to-drive link or
embedded fieldbus
interface
PLC
(= Programmable
Logic Controller)
Fieldbus adapter
Fxxx in Slot 2
3~
MOTOR
*Extra inputs/outputs can be added by installing an optional I/O extension module (FIO-xx)
into drive Slot 1.
Local control
The control commands are given from the control panel keypad or from a PC
equipped with DriveStudio when the drive is in local control. A speed control mode is
available for local control.
Local control is mainly used during commissioning and maintenance. The control
panel always overrides the external control signal sources when used in local control.
Changing the control location to local can be disabled by parameter 16.01 Local lock.
The user can select by a parameter (30.03 Panel ctrl loss) how the drive reacts to a
control panel or PC tool communication break.
Control locations 55
External control
When the drive is in external control, control commands are given through the
fieldbus interface (via the embedded fieldbus interface or an optional fieldbus adapter
module), the I/O terminals (digital and analog inputs), optional I/O extension modules
or the drive-to-drive link. External references are given through the fieldbus interface,
analog inputs, or drive-to-drive link.
Two external control locations, EXT1 and EXT2, are available. The user can select
control signals (e.g. start and stop) and control modes separately for both external
control locations. Depending on the user selection, either EXT1 or EXT2 is active at a
time. Selection between EXT1/EXT2 is done via digital signal or fieldbus control
word.
56 Control locations
Program features 57
4
Program features
What this chapter contains
This chapter describes the features of the control program.
firmware program
application program.
Drive control program
Application program
Function block
program
Standard
block library
Firmware
blocks
(parameter
and signal
interface)
Firmware
Speed control
Torque control
Drive logic
I/O interface
Fieldbus interface
Protections
Feedback
The firmware program performs the main control functions, including speed and
torque control, drive logic (start/stop), I/O, feedback, communication and protection
functions. Firmware functions are configured and programmed with parameters.
58 Program features
All parameter settings are stored automatically to the permanent memory of the drive.
However, if an external +24 V DC power supply is used for the drive control unit, it is
highly recommended to force a save by using parameter 16.07 Param save before
powering down the control unit after any parameter changes.
If necessary, the default parameter values can be restored by parameter 16.04
Param restore.
Note: In case only part of the parameters are visible, set parameter 16.21 Menu
selection to Full.
Application programming
The functions of the firmware program can be extended with application
programming. (A standard drive delivery does not include an application program.)
Application programs can be built out of function blocks based on the IEC-61131
standard. Some drive parameters are used as firmware function block inputs and can
therefore be modified also via the application program. Note that parameter changes
made via the application program override changes made via the DriveStudio PC
tool.
For more information, see
Program features 59
Notes:
The application licence can only be assigned to a complete drive, not a standalone control unit.
A protected application can only be downloaded to a complete drive, not a standalone control unit.
60 Program features
27.30
29.02
0
AI
FBA
29.04
Pointer
04.23
Setpoint 1/2
selection
PID
27.01
0
29.01
04.25
29.03
0
AI
FBA
29.05
Pointer
27.31
04.24
Actual value
sources
Actual value
1/2 selection
28.02
0
AI
FBA
05.05
Pointer
27.18
27.19
28.01
04.20
28.04
Act1
Add
Sub
Sqrt add
28.03
0
AI
FBA
05.05
Pointer
27.12
27.13
27.14
27.15
27.16
04.22
04.21
04.05
Program features 61
Settings
Parameter groups 12 Operating mode (page 152), 27 Process PID (page 199), 28
Procact sel (page 203), and 29 Setpoint sel (page 205).
Diagnostics
Parameters 04.0104.05 (page 129), 04.2004.25 (page 130) and 06.20 Pump
status word (page 137).
Sleep function
The sleep function is suitable for PID control applications where the consumption
varies, such as clean water pumping systems. When used, it stops the pump
completely during low demand, instead of running the pump slowly below its efficient
operating range. The following example visualizes the operation of the function.
The drive controls a pressure boost pump. The water consumption falls at night. As a
consequence, the process PID controller decreases the motor speed. However, due
to natural losses in the pipes and the low efficiency of the centrifugal pump at low
speeds, the motor would never stop rotating. The sleep function detects the slow
rotation and stops the unnecessary pumping after the sleep delay has passed. The
drive shifts into sleep mode, still monitoring the pressure. The pumping resumes
when the pressure falls under the predefined minimum level and the wake-up delay
has passed.
62 Program features
Setpoint
Time
Wake-up delay
(77.11)
Selected process
actual value
Wake-up level
(77.10)
Time
Control panel:
SLEEPING
tsd
Sleep level
(77.03)
STOP
START
Time
Note: The sleep function works only in external control location EXT2.
Settings
Parameter group 77 Pump sleep (page 271).
Diagnostics
Parameters 04.26 Wake up level (page 130), 06.02 Status word2 (page 134), 06.20
Pump status word (page 137) and 08.21 Pump alarm word (page 143).
Program features 63
Soft pipefill
Filling up an empty system using normal PID control would cause a sudden pressure
peak. To avoid this, a soft pipefill function is available. This involves running the pump
at a lower speed until a predefined threshold of process actual value (for example,
measured pressure) is achieved. If a specified increase in the actual value is not
achieved within a specified time, pump speed is stepped up. This is repeated until the
process actual value reaches the threshold level, after which normal process PID
control is resumed. A timeout for the whole pipefill phase can also be defined.
The following drawing illustrates the operation of the pipefill function.
Actual value [%]
81.32 Pid enable dev
81.30 Req act
change
81.33 Pid enb dev dly
81.30 Req act
change
t
Speed reference [rpm]
81.31 Act change
delay
81.29
81.29
81.29 Pipefill
step
Pipefill
PID control
Note: The pipefill function works only in external control location EXT2.
Settings
Parameters 27.32 Pipefill ref acc (page 202) and 27.33 Pipefill ref dec (page 202);
parameter group 81 Pump protection (page 288).
64 Program features
Diagnostics
Parameters 06.20 Pump status word (page 137), 08.20 Pump fault word (page 143)
and 08.21 Pump alarm word (page 143).
Autochange
The Autochange function can be used to equalize duty time between multiple pumps
by varying the sequence in which pumps are started as the required pumping
capacity increases.
There are three autochange modes selectable by parameter 78.01 Autochg style:
Autochange when stopped (All stop): The starting sequence is shifted every time
the drive (in traditional pump control) or the master drive (in multipump or level
control) stops.
All pumps take part in the autochange sequence, except in a traditional pump control
configuration where a fixed pump is controlled by the drive at all times and the
remaining pumps are only turned on/off by the drive logic (an example is shown
starting on page 102). In this case, the fixed pump is always started first, and the
starting sequence of the auxiliary pumps is determined by the autochange function.
Note: The Autochange function works in external control location EXT2. In addition, a
part of the Autochange logic is used in traditional pump control configuration where
the pump controlled by the drive can be changed using contactors (an example is
shown starting on page 105). If this kind of configuration is used in control location
EXT1, and the pump connected to the drive is interlocked, the drive logic connects to
another pump according to the autochange sequence.
Settings
Parameter group 78 Pump autochange (page 274).
Diagnostics
Parameters 04.2904.36 (pump runtime counters; page 130), 05.02 Trad pump cmd
(page 131), 05.03 Trad master (page 131), 05.04 Nbr aux pumps on (page 131),
05.36 First in order (page 132), 05.37 Time autochg (page 132), 06.20 Pump status
word (page 137), 08.21 Pump alarm word (page 143).
Program features 65
Flow calculation
The flow calculation function provides a reasonably accurate (typically 36%)
calculation of the flow without the installation of a separate flow meter. The flow is
calculated on the basis of parameter data such as pump inlet and outlet diameters,
pressure at pump inlet and outlet, height difference of pressure sensors, and pump
characteristics.
The user can either define a PQ (power/flow) or HQ (head/flow) performance curve
that is used as the basis for the calculation. It is also possible to use both curve types
together with a breakpoint setting.
Notes:
The flow calculation function cannot be used outside the normal operating range
of the pump.
Settings
Parameter group 80 Flow calculation (page 284). The presence of pressure sensors
in the system determines which parameters should be set; refer to the following table
for recommendations.
Parameter
Typically PQ curve
Typically HQ curve
Not required
Required
Not required
Required
80.0480.13
(HQ curve definition)
Typically required
80.1480.23
(PQ curve definition)
Typically required
Not required
Required
Not required
Required
Not required
Required
Required
Required
Not required
Required
Required
Not required
Diagnostics
Parameters 05.0505.08 (page 131).
66 Program features
Pump cleaning
The drive has a pump cleaning function that can be used to prevent solids from
building up on pump impellers or piping. The function consists of a programmable
sequence of forward and reverse runs of the pump to shake off any residue on the
impeller or piping. This is especially useful with booster and wastewater pumps.
The cleaning sequence can be programmed to occur at suitable intervals, or
whenever certain triggering conditions are met. By default, the cleaning sequence is
started in the forward direction, but it can also be started in the reverse direction.
To rotate the pump in the reverse direction, you must set parameter 20.02 Minimum
speed to a negative value, enable a negative speed reference using parameter 20.04
Neg speed ena, and then define the reverse step frequency using parameter 82.03
Second Step.
Note: Not all pumps can be rotated in the reverse direction.
Settings
Parameter group 82 Pump cleaning (page 296).
Diagnostics
Parameters 06.20 Pump status word (page 137), 08.20 Pump fault word (page 143)
and 08.21 Pump alarm word (page 143).
Protective functions
Pressure monitoring
The control program contains protective functions for two-level analog or single-level
digital pressure monitoring of both the inlet and outlet of the pump.
In analog monitoring, whenever the pressure being monitored meets the first limit, the
drive indicates a warning, trips on a fault, or starts to follow a pre-defined reference.
When the second limit is met, the drive either stops or trips on a fault.
In digital pressure monitoring, one limit is observed. Whenever the limit is met, the
drive indicates an alarm, trips on a fault, or starts to follow a pre-defined reference.
Flow monitoring
The control program has a monitoring function for flow that can be configured to
generate an alarm or a fault whenever the flow falls below or rises above predefined
limits.
The flow can either be calculated or measured using a flow meter connected to, for
example, an analog input.
Program features 67
Application profile monitoring
The application profile monitoring function can be used for long-term supervision of
an actual signal. If the selected signal remains above the supervision limit for a
specified time, an alarm is generated.
For example, monitoring the deviation between the PID controller setpoint and actual
value (parameter 04.04 Process PID err) gives an indication of the general condition
of the pump, piping and valves. On the other hand, the PID controller output
(parameter 04.05 Process PID out) remaining at 100% for a long time would indicate
a leak in the outlet piping.
Settings
Parameter group 81 Pump protection (page 288).
Diagnostics
Parameters 06.20 Pump status word (page 137), 08.20 Pump fault word (page 143)
and 08.21 Pump alarm word (page 143).
68 Program features
Time
a
Program features 69
Parameter 19.01 Speed scaling must be used to calculate acceleration and
deceleration times for the ramp sets. An example of calculating the acceleration time
of quick ramp set 1 (75.31 Quick ramp acc1) is shown below.
Time
[75.31]
nstart
nend
[19.01]
Speed
where
t = desired acceleration time
nstart = speed at start of acceleration
nend = speed at end of acceleration
To calculate the value of parameter 75.31 Quick ramp acc1, use the following
equation:
nend - nstart
t
[19.01]
[75.31]
For example, if parameter 19.01 Speed scaling is set to 1500 rpm, and the motor
should accelerate from 600 to 1200 rpm in 2 seconds, parameter 75.31 Quick ramp
acc1 should be set to:
1200-600
2
1500
[75.31]
=>
[75.31] =
1500
= 5.00
300
70 Program features
Control interfaces
Programmable analog inputs
The drive has two programmable analog inputs. Each of the inputs can be
independently set as a voltage (0/210 V or -1010 V) or current (0/420 mA)
input by a jumper on the JCU Control Unit. Each input can be filtered, inverted and
scaled. The number of analog inputs can be increased by using FIO-xx I/O
extensions.
See also Pressure sensor connection examples on page 114.
Settings
Parameter group 13 Analogue inputs (page 153).
Diagnostics
Parameters 02.0402.13 (page 120).
Program features 71
Diagnostics
Parameters 02.01 DI status (page 119), 02.03 DIO status (page 120), 02.20 Freq in
(page 120) and 02.21 Freq out (page 120).
Digital I/O
(DIO)
Analog
inputs
(AI)
Analog
outputs
(AO)
Relay
outputs
(RO)
FIO-01
FIO-11
FIO-21
FIO-31
For example, with an FIO-21 connected to the drive, parameters controlling DI17,
DIO12, AI13, AO12 and RO14 are in use.
Settings
Parameter groups 13 Analogue inputs (page 153), 14 Digital I/O (page 159), 15
Analogue outputs (page 170) and 94 Ext IO conf (page 300).
Fieldbus control
The drive can be connected to several different automation systems through its
fieldbus interface. See chapters Control through the embedded fieldbus interface
(page 355) and Control through a fieldbus adapter (page 383).
72 Program features
Settings
Parameter groups 50 Fieldbus (page 242), 51 FBA settings (page 245), 52 FBA data
in (page 246), 53 FBA data out (page 247) and 58 Embedded Modbus (page 249).
Program features 73
Motor control
Constant speeds
It is possible to predefine up to 7 constant speeds. Constant speeds can be activated,
for example, through digital inputs. Constant speeds override the speed reference.
Settings
Parameter group 26 Constant speeds (page 197).
Critical speeds
A Critical speeds function is available for applications where it is necessary to avoid
certain motor speeds or speed ranges because of, for example, mechanical
resonance problems.
Settings
Parameter group 25 Critical speed (page 196).
Speed, torque, current and acceleration limits (parameter groups 20 Limits and 22
Speed ref ramp) are set
Speed feedback filtering, speed error filtering and zero speed are set (parameter
groups 19 Speed calculation and 23 Speed ctrl)
The results of the autotune routine are automatically transferred into parameters
74 Program features
The figure below shows speed responses at a speed reference step (typically
120%).
n
nN
A: Undercompensated
B: Normally tuned (autotuning)
C: Normally tuned (manually). Better dynamic performance than with B
D: Overcompensated speed controller
The figure below is a simplified block diagram of the speed controller. The controller
output is the reference for the torque controller.
Derivative
acceleration
compensation
Speed
reference
+
-
Error
value
Proportional,
integral
Derivative
Actual speed
+ Torque
+ reference
Program features 75
Settings
Parameter group 23 Speed ctrl (page 188).
Diagnostics
Parameters 01.01 Motor speed rpm (page 118), 01.02 Motor speed % (page 118) and
01.14 Motor speed est (page 118).
In multimotor drives: 1) if the load is not equally shared between the motors, 2) if
the motors are of different sizes, or 3) if the motors are going to be changed after
motor identification (ID run)
If the nominal current of the motor is less than 1/6 of the nominal output current of
the drive
If the drive is used without a motor connected (for example, for test purposes).
Motor voltage
IR Compensation
No compensation
f (Hz)
76 Program features
Overload area
34.14
34.15
34.13
34.08
34.16
34.11
34.17
34.12
Underload area
f (Hz)
Par. 34.03
Par. 34.04
Par. 34.05
Settings
Parameter group 34 User load curve (page 218).
Par. 34.06
Par. 34.07
Program features 77
Par. 38.13
Par. 38.12
Par. 38.11
Par. 38.10
Par. 38.09
Par. 38.04
Par. 38.05
Par. 38.06
f (Hz)
Notes:
The U/f curve can be used in scalar control only, i.e., when parameter 99.05 Motor
ctrl mode is set to Scalar.
Each user-defined point defined must have a higher frequency and higher voltage
than the previous point.
WARNING! High voltage at low frequencies may result in poor performance
or motor damage due to overheating.
Settings
Parameter group 38 Flux ref (page 231).
78 Program features
Flux braking
The drive can provide greater deceleration by raising the level of magnetization in the
motor. By increasing the motor flux, the energy generated by the motor during
braking can be converted to motor thermal energy.
TBr
(%)
TN
Motor
speed
No flux braking
60
40
20
Flux braking
No flux braking
t (s)
f (Hz)
The drive monitors the motor status continuously, also during flux braking. Therefore,
flux braking can be used both for stopping the motor and for changing the speed. The
other benefits of flux braking are:
The braking starts immediately after a stop command is given. The function does
not need to wait for the flux reduction before it can start the braking.
The cooling of the induction motor is efficient. The stator current of the motor
increases during flux braking, not the rotor current. The stator cools much more
efficiently than the rotor. Flux braking can be used only with induction motors.
Full braking exploits almost all available current to convert the mechanical braking
energy to motor thermal energy. Braking time is shorter compared to moderate
braking. In cyclic use, motor heating may be significant.
Settings
Parameter 40.10 Flux braking (page 233).
Program features 79
Application control
Application macros
See chapter Application macros (page 93).
Timers
It is possible to define four different daily or weekly time periods. The time periods can
be used to control four different timers. The on/off statuses of the four timers are
indicated by bits 03 of parameter 06.14 Timed func stat, from where the signal can
be connected to any parameter with a bit pointer setting (see page 115). In addition,
bit 4 of parameter 06.14 is on if any one of the four timers is on.
Each time period can be assigned to multiple timers; likewise, a timer can be
controlled by multiple time periods.
The figure below presents how different time periods are active in daily and weekly
modes.
Time period 1: Start time 00:00:00; Stop time 00:00:00 or 24:00:00; Start on Tuesday; Stop
day Sunday
Time period 2: Start time 03:00:00; Stop time 23:00:00; Start day Wednesday; Stop day
Wednesday
Time period 3: Start time 21:00:00; Stop time 03:00:00; Start day Tuesday; Stop day Saturday
Time period 4: Start time 12:00:00; Stop time 00:00:00 or 24:00:00; Start day Thursday; Stop
day Tuesday
Time period 1
(weekly)
Time period 1
(daily)
Time period 2
(weekly)
Time period 2
(daily)
Time period 3
(weekly)
Time period 3
(daily)
Thursday
Wednesday
Tuesday
Monday
Sunday
Saturday
Friday
Thursday
Wednesday
Tuesday
Monday
Time period 4
(weekly)
Time period 4
(daily)
80 Program features
A boost function is also available for the activation of the timers: a signal source can
be selected to extend the activation time for a parameter-adjustable time period.
Timer active
Timer enable signal
Boost signal
Boost time
Settings
Parameter group 36 Timed functions (page 226).
Diagnostics
Parameter 06.14 Timed func stat (page 136).
Program features 81
DC voltage control
Overvoltage control
Overvoltage control of the intermediate DC link is needed with two-quadrant line-side
converters when the motor operates within the generating quadrant. To prevent the
DC voltage from exceeding the overvoltage control limit, the overvoltage controller
automatically decreases the generating torque when the limit is reached.
Undervoltage control
If the incoming supply voltage is cut off, the drive will continue to operate by utilizing
the kinetic energy of the rotating motor. The drive will be fully operational as long as
the motor rotates and generates energy to the drive. The drive can continue the
operation after the break if the main contactor remained closed.
Note: Units equipped with a main contactor must be equipped with a hold circuit (e.g.
UPS) to keep the contactor control circuit closed during a short supply break.
Umains
TM
(Nm)
fout
(Hz)
UDC
(V DC)
160
80
520
120
60
390
80
40
260
40
20
130
UDC
fout
TM
t (s)
1.6
4.8
11.2
14.4
UDC= intermediate circuit voltage of the drive, fout = output frequency of the drive,
TM = motor torque
Loss of supply voltage at nominal load (fout = 40 Hz). The intermediate circuit DC voltage drops to the
minimum limit. The controller keeps the voltage steady as long as the mains is switched off. The drive runs
the motor in generator mode. The motor speed falls but the drive is operational as long as the motor has
enough kinetic energy.
82 Program features
Program features 83
measuring the motor temperature with 13 PTC sensors. This will result in a
more accurate motor model.
84 Program features
The figure below shows typical PTC sensor resistance values as a function of the
motor operating temperature.
Ohm
4000
1330
Temperature
PTC resistance
Normal
01 kohm
Excessive
> 4 kohm
550
100
It is possible to adjust the motor temperature supervision limits and select how the
drive reacts when overtemperature is detected.
For further information on the wiring, refer to the Hardware Manual of the drive.
Settings
Parameter group 31 Motor therm prot (page 209).
Diagnostics
Parameters 01.17 Motor temp1 (page 118) and 01.18 Motor temp2 (page 118).
Program features 85
Earth fault detection (parameter 30.05)
The earth fault detection function is based on sum current measurement. Note that
an earth fault in the supply cable does not activate the protection
the capacitive currents caused by shielded motor cables up to 300 metres will not
activate the protection
86 Program features
Diagnostics
Energy savings calculator
This feature consists of three functionalities:
An energy optimizer that adjusts the motor flux in such a way that the total
efficiency is maximized
A counter that monitors used and saved energy by the motor and displays them in
kWh, currency, or volume of CO2 emission, and
A load analyzer showing the load profile of the drive (see section Load analyzer
on page 88).
Note: The accuracy of the energy savings calculation is directly dependent on the
accuracy of the reference motor power given in parameter 45.08 Pump ref power.
Settings
Parameter group 45 Energy optimising (page 240).
Signal supervision
Three signals can be selected to be supervised by this function. Whenever the signal
exceeds (or falls below) a predefined limit, a bit of 06.13 Superv status is activated.
Absolute values can be used.
Settings
Parameter group 33 Supervision (page 214).
Program features 87
Diagnostics
Parameter 06.13 Superv status (page 136).
Maintenance counters
The program has six different maintenance counters that can be configured to
generate an alarm when the counter reaches a pre-defined limit. The counter can be
set to monitor any parameter. This feature is especially useful as a service reminder.
There are three types of counters:
Ontime counter. Measures the time a digital source (for example, a bit in a status
word) is on.
Rising edge counter. This counter is incremented whenever the monitored digital
source changes state from 0 to 1.
Settings
Parameter group 44 Maintenance (page 234).
Diagnostics
Parameters 04.0904.14 (page 129) and 06.15 Counter status (page 136).
88 Program features
Load analyzer
Peak value logger
The user can select a signal to be monitored by the peak value logger. The logger
records the peak value of the signal along with the time the peak occurred, as well as
motor current, DC voltage and motor speed at the time of the peak.
Amplitude loggers
The drive has two amplitude loggers.
>90%
8090%
7080%
6070%
5060%
4050%
3040%
2030%
1020%
010%
Percentage of samples
For amplitude logger 2, the user can select a signal to be sampled at 200 ms intervals
when the drive is running, and specify a value that corresponds to 100%. The
collected samples are sorted into 10 read-only parameters according to their
amplitude. Each parameter represents an amplitude range 10 percentage points
wide, and displays the percentage of the collected samples that fall within that range.
Amplitude ranges
(parameters 64.2464.33)
Amplitude logger 1 is fixed to monitor motor current, and cannot be reset. With
amplitude logger 1, 100% corresponds to the maximum output current of the drive
(Imax).
Settings and diagnostics
Parameter group 64 Load analyzer (page 253).
Program features 89
Miscellaneous
Backup and restore of drive contents
General
The drive offers a possibility of backing up numerous settings and configurations to
external storage such as a PC file (using the DriveStudio tool) and the internal
memory of the control panel. These settings and configurations can then be restored
to the drive, or a number of drives.
Backup using DriveStudio includes
Parameter settings
Application program.
Parameter settings
For detailed instructions for performing the backup/restore, refer to page 39 and the
DriveStudio documentation.
Limitations
A backup can be done without interfering with drive operation, but restoring a backup
always resets and reboots the control unit, so restore is not possible with the drive
running.
Restoring backup files from one firmware version to another is considered risky, so
the results should be carefully observed and verified when done for the first time. The
parameters and application support are bound to change between firmware versions
and backups are not always compatible with other firmware versions even if restore is
allowed by the backup/restore tool. Before using the backup/restore functions
between different firmware versions, refer to the release notes of each version.
Applications should not be transferred between different firmware versions. Contact
the supplier of the application when it needs to be updated for a new firmware
version.
Parameter restore
Parameters are divided into three different groups that can be restored together or
individually:
Other parameters.
90 Program features
For example, retaining the existing ID run results in the drive will make a new ID run
unnecessary.
Restore of individual parameters can fail for the following reasons:
The restored value does not fall within the minimum and maximum limits of the
drive parameter
The type of the restored parameter is different from that in the drive
The restored parameter does not exist in the drive (often the case when restoring
the parameters of a new firmware version to a drive with an older version)
The backup does not contain a value for the drive parameter (often the case when
restoring the parameters of an old firmware version to a drive with a newer
version).
In these cases, the parameter is not restored; the backup/restore tool will warn the
user and offer a possibility to set the parameter manually.
User parameter sets
The drive has four user parameter sets that can be saved to the permanent memory
and recalled using drive parameters. It is also possible to use digital inputs to switch
between different user parameter sets. See the descriptions of parameters
16.0916.12.
A user parameter set contains all values of parameter groups 10 to 99 (except the
configuration settings for fieldbus adapter communication).
As the motor settings are included in the user parameter sets, make sure the settings
correspond to the motor used in the application before recalling a user set. In an
application where different motors are used with one drive, the motor ID run needs to
be performed with each motor and saved to different user sets. The appropriate set
can then be recalled when the motor is switched.
Settings
Parameter group 16 System (page 176).
Program features 91
Drive-to-drive link
The drive-to-drive (D2D) link is a daisy-chained RS-485 transmission line that allows
basic master/follower communication with one master drive and multiple followers.
The drive-to-drive link is used for connecting drives when forming a station with
multiple pumps.
Settings
Parameter group 76 MF communication (page 268).
92 Program features
Application macros 93
5
Application macros
What this chapter contains
This chapter describes the intended use, operation, default control connections, startup procedure and an application example of each application macro.
More information on the connectivity of the JCU control unit is given in the Hardware
Manual of the drive.
General
Application macros are pre-defined parameter sets. When starting up the drive, the
user typically selects one of the macros as a basis, makes the essential changes and
saves the result as a user parameter set. User parameter sets are managed by the
parameters in group 16 System (page 176).
Application macros are activated through the control panel Main menu by selecting
ASSISTANTS Application Macro. A few basic questions about the application
appear on the panel; based on the answers, the most suitable macro is applied by the
drive. Parameter 16.20 Macro Read Only indicates which application macro is active.
After the activation of an application macro, an assistant can optionally be launched
to set up the essential configuration parameters related to the application. Each of
these assistants can also be invoked later by selecting ASSISTANTS in the control
panel Main menu.
94 Application macros
Default settings
See chapter Additional parameter data (page 307).
Application macros 95
XPOW
1
2
XRO1, XRO2
NO
1
COM
2
NC
3
NO
4
COM
5
NC
6
XD24
+24VD
1
DIGND
2
+24VD
3
DIOGND
4
+24VI
GND
DI1
DI2
DI3
DI4
DI5
DIIL
DIO1
DIO2
+VREF
-VREF
AGND
AI1+
AI1AI2+
AI2-
AO1+
AO1AO2+
AO2-
B
A
BGND
Safe torque off. Both circuits must be closed for the drive to
start.
OUT1
OUT2
IN1
IN2
XDI
1
2
3
4
5
A
XDIO
1
2
XAI
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
AI1
AI2
XAO
1
2
3
4
XD2D
T
1
2
3
XSTO
1
2
3
4
96 Application macros
Default settings
Below is a listing of default parameter values that differ from those listed in chapter
Additional parameter data (page 307).
Parameter
No.
Name
External control
macro default
12.01
Ext1/Ext2 sel
Ext1
16.20
Ext ctrl
26.02
C.FALSE
77.01
Not used
Application macros 97
XPOW
1
2
XRO1, XRO2
NO
1
COM
2
NC
3
NO
4
COM
5
NC
6
XD24
+24VD
1
DIGND
2
+24VD
3
DIOGND
4
+24VI
GND
DI1
DI2
DI3
DI4
DI5
DIIL
DIO1
DIO2
+VREF
-VREF
AGND
AI1+
AI1AI2+
AI2-
AO1+
AO1AO2+
AO2-
B
A
BGND
Safe torque off. Both circuits must be closed for the drive to
start.
OUT1
OUT2
IN1
IN2
XDI
1
2
3
4
5
A
XDIO
1
2
XAI
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
AI1
AI2
XAO
1
2
3
4
XD2D
T
1
2
3
XSTO
1
2
3
4
98 Application macros
Default settings
Below is a listing of default parameter values that differ from those listed in chapter
Additional parameter data (page 307).
Parameter
No.
Name
Hand/Auto macro
default
10.05
DI2
12.05
Speed
16.20
Hand/Auto
21.02
AI2 scaled
26.02
C.FALSE
77.01
Not used
Application macros 99
XPOW
1
2
XRO1, XRO2
NO
1
COM
2
NC
3
NO
4
COM
5
NC
6
XD24
+24VD
1
DIGND
2
+24VD
3
DIOGND
4
+24VI
GND
DI1
DI2
DI3
DI4
DI5
DIIL
DIO1
DIO2
+VREF
-VREF
AGND
AI1+
AI1AI2+
AI2-
AO1+
AO1AO2+
AO2-
B
A
BGND
Safe torque off. Both circuits must be closed for the drive to
start.
OUT1
OUT2
IN1
IN2
XDI
1
2
3
4
5
A
XDIO
1
2
XAI
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
AI1
AI2
XAO
1
2
3
4
XD2D
T
1
2
3
XSTO
1
2
3
4
Default settings
Below is a listing of default parameter values that differ from those listed in chapter
Additional parameter data (page 307).
Parameter
No.
Name
14.07
Fault(-1)
14.42
RO1 src
Trad pump1
14.45
RO2 src
Trad pump2
16.20
Trad ctrl
26.02
C.FALSE
75.01
Operation mode
Trad ctrl
75.02
Nbr of pumps
75.25
1s
78.01
Autochg style
All stop
78.03
Interlock mode
On
78.06
Interlock pump 1
DI2
78.07
Interlock pump 2
DI4
XPOW
1
2
XRO1, XRO2
NO
1
COM
2
NC
3
NO
4
COM
5
NC
6
XD24
+24VD
1
DIGND
2
+24VD
3
DIOGND
4
+24VI
GND
DI1
DI2
DI3
DI4
DI5
DIIL
DIO1
DIO2
+VREF
-VREF
AGND
AI1+
AI1AI2+
AI2-
AO1+
AO1AO2+
AO2-
B
A
BGND
Safe torque off. Both circuits must be closed for the drive to
start.
OUT1
OUT2
IN1
IN2
XDI
1
2
3
4
5
A
XDIO
1
2
XAI
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
AI1
AI2
XAO
1
2
3
4
XD2D
T
1
2
3
XSTO
1
2
3
4
Application examples
Fixed drive-controlled pump with direct-on-line auxiliary pumps
In this example, the drive always controls the same pump. Auxiliary pumps are
connected to the supply through contactors that are controlled by the drive.
Below is a listing of typical parameter values that would be used in this configuration.
Parameter
No.
Name
14.42
RO1 src
Ready
14.45
RO2 src
Trad pump2
14.48
RO3 src
Trad pump3
16.20
Trad ctrl
26.02
C.FALSE
75.01
Operation mode
Trad ctrl
75.02
Nbr of pumps
75.25
1s
78.01
Autochg style
All stop
78.02
Autochg trad
Aux
78.03
Interlock mode
On
78.06
Interlock pump 1
DI2
78.07
Interlock pump 2
DI4
78.07
Interlock pump 3
Not used
Name
14.42
RO1 src
Trad pump1
14.45
RO2 src
Trad pump2
16.20
Trad ctrl
26.02
C.FALSE
75.01
Operation mode
Trad ctrl
75.02
Nbr of pumps
75.25
1s
78.01
Autochg style
All stop
78.02
Autochg trad
All
78.03
Interlock mode
On
78.06
Interlock pump 1
DI2
78.07
Interlock pump 2
DI4
78.07
Interlock pump 3
Not used
XD2D
XD2D
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
AI
AI
AI
Analog level
sensor
Stop level
Low level alarm
Default settings
Below is a listing of default parameter values that differ from those listed in chapter
Additional parameter data (page 307).
Parameter
No.
Name
Single pump
Multiple pumps
16.20
Level ctrl
Multi level
76.01
Enable MF comm
No
Yes
77.01
Not used
Not used
79.01
Level mode
Emptying
Emptying
XPOW
1
2
XRO1, XRO2
NO
1
COM
2
NC
3
NO
4
COM
5
NC
6
XD24
+24VD
1
DIGND
2
+24VD
3
DIOGND
4
+24VI
GND
DI1
DI2
DI3
DI4
DI5
DIIL
DIO1
DIO2
+VREF
-VREF
AGND
AI1+
AI1AI2+
AI2-
AO1+
AO1AO2+
AO2-
B
A
BGND
Safe torque off. Both circuits must be closed for the drive to
start.
OUT1
OUT2
IN1
IN2
XDI
1
2
3
4
5
A
XDIO
1
2
XAI
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
AI1
AI2
XAO
1
2
3
4
XD2D
T
1
2
3
XSTO
1
2
3
4
XD2D
XD2D
XD2D
XD2D
Drive 1
Drive 2
Drive 3
Drive 8
DI
AI
Follower drives are run either at a pre-set speed (i.e. at the optimal operating
point of the pump) or at the same speed as the master. In both these modes,
drives can be prioritized so that the one with the highest priority is the first to be
started.
In direct follower operation, all drives run in synchronization with the master. This
mode can be used in time-critical applications or for testing of the pump
installation.
Default settings
Below is a listing of default parameter values that differ from those listed in chapter
Additional parameter data (page 307).
Parameter
No.
Name
Multipump control
macro default
16.20
Multi pump
75.01
Operation mode
Multipump
76.01
Enable MF comm
Yes
XPOW
1
2
XRO1, XRO2
NO
1
COM
2
NC
3
NO
4
COM
5
NC
6
XD24
+24VD
1
DIGND
2
+24VD
3
DIOGND
4
+24VI
GND
DI1
DI2
DI3
DI4
DI5
DIIL
DIO1
DIO2
+VREF
-VREF
AGND
AI1+
AI1AI2+
AI2-
AO1+
AO1AO2+
AO2-
B
A
BGND
Safe torque off. Both circuits must be closed for the drive to
start.
OUT1
OUT2
IN1
IN2
XDI
1
2
3
4
5
A
XDIO
1
2
XAI
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
AI1
AI2
XAO
1
2
3
4
XD2D
T
1
2
3
XSTO
1
2
3
4
0/420 mA
XAI
6
AI2+
AI2-
OUT
0/420 mA
AGND Ground
AI2+
AI2-
XAI
0/420 mA
Power
supply
+24V
0/420 mA
AGND Ground
AI2+
AI2-
Drive 1 / XAI
6
AI2+
AI2-
Drive 2 / XAI
6
AI2+
AI2-
Drive 3 / XAI
6
AI2+
AI2-
Parameters 115
6
Parameters
What this chapter contains
The chapter describes the parameters, including actual signals, of the control
program.
Note: In case only part of the parameters are visible, set parameter 16.21 Menu
selection to Full.
Definition
Actual signal
FbEq
Fieldbus equivalent. The scaling between the value shown on the panel
and the integer used in serial communication.
p.u.
Per unit
116 Parameters
Contents
Page
01 Actual values
118
02 I/O values
Input and output states and values; control and status words.
119
03 Control values
129
04 Appl values
129
05 Pump values
130
06 Drive status
133
138
09 System info
143
10 Start/stop/dir
144
11 Start/stop mode
150
12 Operating mode
152
13 Analogue inputs
153
14 Digital I/O
159
15 Analogue outputs
170
16 System
176
19 Speed calculation
180
20 Limits
182
21 Speed ref
184
186
23 Speed ctrl
188
25 Critical speed
196
26 Constant speeds
197
27 Process PID
199
28 Procact sel
203
29 Setpoint sel
205
30 Fault functions
207
209
32 Automatic reset
214
33 Supervision
214
218
35 Process variable
220
36 Timed functions
Configuration of timers.
226
38 Flux ref
231
40 Motor control
232
Parameters 117
Group
Contents
Page
44 Maintenance
234
45 Energy optimising
240
47 Voltage ctrl
241
49 Data storage
242
50 Fieldbus
242
51 FBA settings
245
52 FBA data in
246
247
56 Panel display
247
58 Embedded Modbus
249
64 Load analyzer
253
75 Pump logic
256
76 MF communication
268
77 Pump sleep
271
78 Pump autochange
274
79 Level control
279
80 Flow calculation
284
81 Pump protection
288
82 Pump cleaning
296
83 Energy monitoring
299
94 Ext IO conf
300
95 Hw configuration
300
Motor values supplied by the user that are used in the motor model.
300
99 Start-up data
301
118 Parameters
Parameter listing
No.
Name/Value
01
Description
FbEq
01 Actual values
01.01
100 = 1 rpm
01.02
Motor speed %
100 = 1%
01.03
Output frequency
100 = 1 Hz
01.04
Motor current
100 = 1 A
01.05
Motor current %
10 = 1%
01.06
Motor torque
10 = 1%
01.07
Dc-voltage
100 = 1 V
01.14
100 = 1 rpm
01.15
Temp inverter
10 = 1%
01.17
Motor temp1
10 = 1 C
01.18
Motor temp2
10 = 1 C
01.19
10 = 1 V
01.21
Cpu usage
1 = 1%
01.22
100 = 1 kW
or hp
01.23
Motor power
100 = 1 kW
or hp
01.24
kWh inverter
1 = 1 kWh
01.25
kWh supply
1 = 1 kWh
01.26
On-time counter
1=1h
01.27
Run-time counter
1=1h
01.28
Fan on-time
1=1h
Parameters 119
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
01.29
1000 =
1 Nm
01.30
Polepairs
1=1
01.31
1000 = 1 s
01.32
Temp phase A
10 = 1%
01.33
Temp phase B
10 = 1%
01.34
Temp phase C
10 = 1%
01.35
Saved energy
1 = 1 kWh
01.36
Saved amount
100 = 1
01.37
Saved CO2
10 = 1 metric
ton
01.38
10 = 1 C
01.39
Output voltage
1=1V
01.40
Speed filt
Filtered result from 01.01 Motor speed rpm. The filter time is
set with parameter 56.08 Speed filt time. This signal is not
used in motor control.
100 = 1 rpm
01.41
Torque filt
Filtered result from 01.06 Motor torque. The filter time is set
with parameter 56.09 Torque filt time. This signal is not used
in motor control.
10 = 1%
01.42
1=1
02
02 I/O values
Input and output states and values; control and status words.
02.01
DI status
Bit
Input
6
DI6
5
DIIL
4
DI5
3
DI4
2
DI3
1
DI2
0
DI1
120 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
02.02
RO status
02.03
DIO status
02.04
AI1
1000 = 1 unit
02.05
AI1 scaled
1000 = 1 unit
02.06
AI2
1000 = 1 unit
02.07
AI2 scaled
1000 = 1 unit
02.08
AI3
1000 = 1 unit
02.09
AI3 scaled
1000 = 1 unit
02.10
AI4
1000 = 1 unit
02.11
AI4 scaled
1000 = 1 unit
02.12
AI5
1000 = 1 unit
02.13
AI5 scaled
1000 = 1 unit
02.16
AO1
1000 = 1 mA
02.17
AO2
1000 = 1 mA
02.18
AO3
1000 = 1 mA
02.19
AO4
1000 = 1 mA
02.20
Freq in
1000 = 1
02.21
Freq out
1000 = 1 Hz
Parameters 121
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
02.22
FBA main cw
Bit
0*
2*
3*
4*
Name
Stop
Start
StpMode
em off
StpMode
em stop
StpMode
off1
5*
StpMode
ramp
6*
StpMode
coast
Run
enable
Reset
Value Information
1 Stop according to the stop mode selected by par. 11.03
Stop mode or according to the requested stop mode
(bits 26). Note: Simultaneous stop and start
commands result in a stop command.
0 No action.
1 Start. Note: Simultaneous stop and start commands
result in a stop command.
0 No action.
1 Emergency OFF2 (bit 0 must be 1). Drive is stopped by
cutting off motor power supply (the motor coasts to
stop). The drive will restart only with the next rising
edge of the start signal when the run enable signal is
on.
0 No action.
1 Emergency stop OFF3 (bit 0 must be 1). Stop within
time defined by 22.12 Em stop time.
0 No action.
1 Emergency stop OFF1 (bit 0 must be 1). Stop along the
currently active deceleration ramp.
0 No action.
1 Stop along the currently active deceleration ramp.
0 No action.
1 Coast to stop.
0 No action.
1 Activate run enable.
0 Activate run disable.
0 -> 1 Fault reset if an active fault exists.
other No action.
Log.
Par.
OR
10.01,
10.04
OR
10.01,
10.04
AND
AND 10.13
AND 10.15
11.03
11.03
AND 10.11
OR
10.10
(continued)
* If all stop mode bits (26) are 0, stop mode is selected by parameter 11.03 Stop mode. Coast
stop (bit 6) overrides the emergency stop (bits 2/3/4). Emergency stop overrides normal ramp stop
(bit 5).
122 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Bit
Name
(continued)
910 Reserved
11
Remote
cmd
12
Ramp
out 0
13
Ramp hold
14
Ramp in 0
15
Ext1 / Ext2
16
Req
startinh
17
Local ctl
Description
Value Information
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
18
FbLocal ref
1927
28
29
30
31
Reserved
CW B28
Freely programmable control bits. See parameters
50.0850.11
and the user manual of the fieldbus adapter.
CW B29
CW B30
CW B31
FbEq
Log.
Par.
OR
12.01
Parameters 123
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
02.24
FBA main sw
Bit
0
Name
Ready
Enabled
Relay
running
Ref
running
Value
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
Em off
(OFF2)
Em stop
(OFF3)
Ack
startinh
Alarm
At setpoint
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
(continued)
Information
Drive is ready to receive start command.
Drive is not ready.
External run enable signal is received.
No external run enable signal is received.
Drive is modulating.
Drive is not modulating.
Normal operation is enabled. Drive is running and following given
reference.
Normal operation is disabled. Drive is not following given reference
(for example, it is modulating during magnetization).
Emergency OFF2 is active.
Emergency OFF2 is inactive.
Emergency stop OFF3 (ramp stop) is active.
Emergency stop OFF3 is inactive.
Start inhibit is active.
Start inhibit is inactive.
An alarm is active. See chapter Fault tracing on page 335
No alarm is active.
Drive is at setpoint. Actual value equals reference value (i.e. the
difference between the actual speed and speed reference is within
the speed window defined by parameter 19.10 Speed window).
Drive has not reached setpoint.
124 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Bit
Name
(continued)
9
Limit
10
Above limit
11
Ext2 act
12
Local fb
13
Zero
speed
14
Rev act
15
16
Reserved
Fault
17
Local
panel
Description
Value Information
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1826 Reserved
27
Request ctl
28
29
30
31
SW B28
SW B29
SW B30
SW B31
FbEq
02.26
1=1
02.27
1=1
02.34
Panel ref
100 = 1 rpm
10 = 1%
Parameters 125
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
02.36
EFB main cw
Bit
0*
2*
3*
4*
Name
Stop
Start
StpMode
em off
StpMode
em stop
StpMode
off1
5*
StpMode
ramp
6*
StpMode
coast
Run
enable
Reset
Value Information
1 Stop according to the stop mode selected by par. 11.03
Stop mode or according to the requested stop mode
(bits 26). Note: Simultaneous stop and start
commands result in a stop command.
0 No action.
1 Start. Note: Simultaneous stop and start commands
result in a stop command.
0 No action.
1 Emergency OFF2 (bit 0 must be 1). Drive is stopped by
cutting off motor power supply (the motor coasts to
stop). The drive will restart only with the next rising
edge of the start signal when the run enable signal is
on.
0 No action.
1 Emergency stop OFF3 (bit 0 must be 1). Stop within
time defined by 22.12 Em stop time.
0 No action.
1 Emergency stop OFF1 (bit 0 must be 1). Stop along the
currently active deceleration ramp.
0 No action.
1 Stop along the currently active deceleration ramp.
0 No action.
1 Coast to stop.
0 No action.
1 Activate run enable.
0 Activate run disable.
0 -> 1 Fault reset if an active fault exists.
other No action.
Log.
Par.
OR
10.01,
10.04
OR
10.01,
10.04
AND
AND 10.13
AND 10.15
11.03
11.03
AND 10.11
OR
10.10
(continued)
* If all stop mode bits (26) are 0, stop mode is selected by parameter 11.03 Stop mode. Coast
stop (bit 6) overrides the emergency stop (bits 2/3/4). Emergency stop overrides normal ramp stop
(bit 5).
126 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Bit
Name
(continued)
910 Reserved
11
Remote
cmd
12
Ramp out
0
13
Ramp hold
14
Ramp in 0
15
Ext1 / Ext2
16
Req
startinh
17
Local ctl
18
FbLocal ref
1927
28
29
30
31
Reserved
CW B28
CW B29
CW B30
CW B31
Description
Value Information
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
FbEq
Log.
Par.
OR
12.01
Parameters 127
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
02.37
EFB main sw
Bit
0
Name
Ready
Enabled
Running
Ref
running
Value
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
Em off
(OFF2)
Em stop
(OFF3)
Ack
startinh
Alarm
At setpoint
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
(continued)
Information
Drive is ready to receive start command.
Drive is not ready.
External run enable signal is received.
No external run enable signal is received.
Drive is modulating.
Drive is not modulating.
Normal operation is enabled. Drive is running and following given
reference.
Normal operation is disabled. Drive is not following given reference
(for example, it is modulating during magnetization).
Emergency OFF2 is active.
Emergency OFF2 is inactive.
Emergency stop OFF3 (ramp stop) is active.
Emergency stop OFF3 is inactive.
Start inhibit is active.
Start inhibit is inactive.
An alarm is active. See chapter Fault tracing on page 335.
No alarm is active.
Drive is at setpoint. Actual value equals reference value (i.e. the
difference between the actual speed and speed reference is within
the speed window defined by parameter 19.10 Speed window).
Drive has not reached setpoint.
128 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Bit
Name
(continued)
9
Limit
10
Above limit
11
Ext2 act
12
Local fb
13
Zero
speed
14
Rev act
15
16
Reserved
Fault
17
Local
panel
Description
Value Information
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1826 Reserved
27
Request ctl
28
29
30
31
SW B28
SW B29
SW B30
SW B31
FbEq
02.38
02.39
--
02.40
FBA setpoint
02.41
02.42
Shared DI
Status of shared digital inputs received through the drive-todrive link. Example: 00000001 = DI1 is on, DI2DI5 are off.
See parameters 76.1176.16.
02.43
Shared signal 1
02.44
Shared signal 2
Parameters 129
No.
Name/Value
03
Description
FbEq
03 Control values
03.03
SpeedRef unramp
100 = 1 rpm
03.05
SpeedRef ramped
100 = 1 rpm
03.06
SpeedRef used
100 = 1 rpm
03.07
100 = 1 rpm
03.08
03.09
10 = 1%
03.13
Torq ref to TC
10 = 1%
03.14
10 = 1%
03.17
Flux actual
1 = 1%
03.20
100 = 1 rpm
03.21
100 = 1 rpm
04
04 Appl values
04.01
Act val
04.02
Setpoint
04.04
10 = 1%
04.05
10 = 1%
04.06
Process var1
1000 = 1%
04.07
Process var2
1000 = 1%
04.08
Process var3
1000 = 1%
04.09
Counter ontime1
1=1s
04.10
Counter ontime2
1=1s
04.11
Counter edge1
1=1
04.12
Counter edge2
1=1
130 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
04.13
Counter value1
1=1
04.14
Counter value2
1=1
04.20
100 = 1 unit
04.21
100 = 1 unit
04.22
Act val %
100 = 1%
04.23
Setpoint val 1
100 = 1 unit
04.24
Setpoint val 2
100 = 1 unit
04.25
Setpoint val %
Final setpoint in %.
100 = 1%
04.26
Wake up level
100 = 1
04.27
Shared source
1=1
04.28
Pump runtime
1=1h
04.29
Trad 1 runtime
1=1h
04.30
Trad 2 runtime
1=1h
04.31
Trad 3 runtime
1=1h
04.32
Trad 4 runtime
1=1h
04.33
Trad 5 runtime
1=1h
04.34
Trad 6 runtime
1=1h
04.35
Trad 7 runtime
1=1h
04.36
Trad 8 runtime
1=1h
05
05 Pump values
05.01
MF status
No
Standby
Master
Follower
Parameters 131
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
05.02
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Name
Pump 1. Note: The setting of parameter 78.02 Autochg trad determines whether Pump
1 refers to the first pump of the station, or the first auxiliary pump of the station.
Pump 2
Pump 3
Pump 4
Pump 5
Pump 6
Pump 7
Pump 8
05.03
Trad master
1=1
05.04
1=1
05.05
Flow act
100 = 1 m3/h
05.06
Flow by head
100 = 1 m3/h
05.07
Flow by power
100 = 1 m3/h
05.08
Total flow
1 = 1 m3
05.09
Bypass ref
10 = 1 rpm
05.10
Speed ref
10 = 1 rpm
05.20
1 = 1 kWh
05.21
1 = 1 kWh
05.22
1 = 1 kWh
05.23
1 = 1 kWh
05.24
kWh January
1 = 1 kWh
05.25
kWh February
1 = 1 kWh
05.26
kWh March
1 = 1 kWh
05.27
kWh April
1 = 1 kWh
05.28
kWh May
1 = 1 kWh
05.29
kWh June
1 = 1 kWh
05.30
kWh July
1 = 1 kWh
05.31
kWh August
1 = 1 kWh
05.32
kWh September
1 = 1 kWh
05.33
kWh October
1 = 1 kWh
05.34
kWh November
1 = 1 kWh
132 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
05.35
kWh December
1 = 1 kWh
05.36
First in order
1=1
05.37
Time autochg
1 = 1 ms
05.39
1=1
05.48
Ramp status
Bit
0
1
Name
Enabled
QR Set 1
QR Set 2
Normal
ramp
Reserved
Special
ramp
Information
1 = Quick ramp mode is enabled.
1 = Acceleration and deceleration times of quick ramp set 1 (par. 75.31
Quick ramp acc1 and 75.32 Quick ramp dec1) are in use.
1 = Acceleration and deceleration times of quick ramp set 2 (par. 75.35
Quick ramp acc2 and 75.36 Quick ramp dec2) are in use.
1 = Acceleration and deceleration times defined by par. 22.02 Acc time and
22.03 Dec time are in use.
4
5
6
7
1/2 swtch
spd
QR/NR
swtch spd
Parameters 133
No.
Name/Value
06
Description
06 Drive status
06.01
Status word1
Bit
0
Name
Ready
FbEq
Information
1 = Drive is ready to receive start command.
0 = Drive is not ready.
1
Enabled
1 = External run enable signal is received.
0 = No external run enable signal is received.
2
Started
1 = Drive has received start command.
0 = Drive has not received start command.
3
Running
1 = Drive is modulating.
0 = Drive is not modulating.
4
Em off
1 = Emergency OFF2 is active.
(off2)
0 = Emergency OFF2 is inactive.
5
Em stop
1 = Emergency OFF3 (ramp stop) is active.
(off3)
0 = Emergency OFF3 is inactive.
6
Ack startinh 1 = Start inhibit is active.
0 = Start inhibit is inactive.
7
Alarm
1 = Alarm is active. See chapter Fault tracing.
0 = No alarm is active.
8
Ext2 act
1 = External control EXT2 is active.
0 = External control EXT1 is active.
9
Local fb
1 = Fieldbus local control is active.
0 = Fieldbus local control is inactive.
10
Fault
1 = Fault is active. See chapter Fault tracing.
0 = No fault is active.
11
Local panel 1 = Local control is active, ie. drive is controlled from PC tool or control
panel.
0 = Local control is inactive.
12
Fault(-1)
1 = No fault is active.
0 = Fault is active. See chapter Fault tracing.
1315 Reserved
134 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
06.02
Status word2
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Name
Start act
Information
1 = Drive start command is active.
0 = Drive start command is inactive.
Stop act
1 = Drive stop command is active.
0 = Drive stop command is inactive.
Ready relay 1 = Ready to function: run enable signal on, no fault, emergency stop signal
off, no ID run inhibition. Connected by default to DIO1 by par. 14.03 DIO1
out src.
0 = Not ready to function.
Modulating 1 = Modulating: IGBTs are controlled, ie. the drive is RUNNING.
0 = No modulation: IGBTs are not controlled.
Ref running 1 = Normal operation is enabled. Running. Drive follows the given
reference.
0 = Normal operation is disabled. Drive is not following the given reference
(eg. in magnetization phase drive is modulating).
Reserved
Off1
1 = Emergency stop OFF1 is active.
0 = Emergency stop OFF1 is inactive.
Start inh
1 = Maskable (by par. 12.01 Start inhibit) start inhibit is active.
mask
0 = No maskable start inhibit is active.
Start inh
1 = Non-maskable start inhibit is active.
nomask
0 = No non-maskable start inhibit is active.
Chrg rel
1 = Charging relay is closed.
closed
0 = Charging relay is open.
Sto act
1 = Safe torque off function is active. See parameter 30.07 Sto diagnostic.
0 = Safe torque off function is inactive.
Sleep
1 = Sleep mode active.
active
0 = Sleep mode inactive.
Ramp in 0 1 = Ramp Function Generator input is forced to zero.
0 = Normal operation.
Ramp hold 1 = Ramp Function Generator output is held.
0 = Normal operation.
Ramp out 0 1 = Ramp Function Generator output is forced to zero.
0 = Normal operation.
Reserved
Parameters 135
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
06.03
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
915
06.05
Name
Information
Speed act 1 = Actual speed is negative.
neg
Zero speed 1 = Actual speed has reached the zero speed limit (parameters 19.06 Zero
speed limit and 19.07 Zero speed delay).
Above limit 1 = Actual speed has exceeded the supervision limit (parameter 19.08
Above speed lim).
At setpoint 1 = The difference between the actual speed and the unramped speed
reference is within the speed window (parameter 19.10 Speed window).
Bal active 1 = Speed controller output is being forced to value of parameter 27.35 PID
bal ref.
PI tune
1 = Speed controller autotuning procedure is active.
active
PI tune
1 = Speed controller autotuning has been requested by parameter 23.20 PI
request
tune mode.
PI tune
1 = Speed controller autotuning procedure has been completed
done
successfully.
Speed not 1 = Speed controller autotuning has been requested when the drive was
running, but zero speed has not been reached within preset maximum time.
zero
Reserved
Limit word1
Bit
0
1
2
34
5
6
715
Name
Torq lim
Limit word 1.
Information
1 = Drive torque is being limited by the motor control (undervoltage control,
current control, or pull-out control), or by the torque limit parameters in
group 20 Limits.
Spd ctl tlim 1 = Speed controller output minimum torque limit is active. The limit is
min
defined by parameter 23.10 Min torq sp ctrl.
Spd ctl tlim 1 = Speed controller output maximum torque limit is active. The limit is
max
defined by parameter 23.09 Max torq sp ctrl.
Reserved
Tlim max
1 = Torque reference maximum value is limited by the rush control, because
speed
of maximum speed limit 20.01 Maximum speed.
Tlim min
1 = Torque reference minimum value is limited by the rush control, because
speed
of maximum speed limit 20.02 Minimum speed.
Reserved
136 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
06.07
Bit
0
Name
Information
Undervolt- 1 = Intermediate circuit DC undervoltage. *
age
1
Overvoltage 1 = Intermediate circuit DC overvoltage. *
23
Reserved
4
Internal cur- 1 = An inverter current limit is active. The limit is identified by bits 811.
rent
5
Reserved
6
Motor pull- 1 = Motor pull-out limit is active, i.e. the motor cannot produce more torque.
out
7
Reserved
8
Thermal
1 = Input current is limited by main circuit thermal limit.
9
INU maxi- 1 = Inverter maximum output current limit is active (limits the drive output
mum
current IMAX). **
10
User cur1 = Maximum inverter output current limit is active. The limit is defined by
rent
parameter 20.05 Maximum current. **
11
Thermal
1 = Calculated thermal current value limits the inverter output current. **
IGBT
1 = Measured drive temperature has exceeded internal alarm limit.
12
Inu overtemp
1315 Reserved
* One of bits 03 can be on simultaneously. The bit typically indicates the limit that is exceeded
first.
** Only one of bits 911 can be on simultaneously. The bit typically indicates the limit that is
exceeded first.
06.12
Op mode ack
1=1
06.13
Superv status
06.14
06.15
Counter status
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
Information
1 = On-time counter 1 has reached its preset limit.
1 = On-time counter 2 has reached its preset limit.
1 = Rising edge counter 1 has reached its preset limit.
1 = Rising edge counter 2 has reached its preset limit.
1 = Value counter 1 has reached its preset limit.
1 = Value counter 2 has reached its preset limit.
Name
Ontime1
Ontime2
Edge1
Edge2
Value1
Value2
Parameters 137
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
06.17
Bit inverted sw
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
06.20
Name
Inverted bit0
Inverted bit1
Inverted bit2
Inverted bit3
Inverted bit4
Inverted bit5
Information
See parameter 33.17 Bit0 invert src.
See parameter 33.18 Bit1 invert src.
See parameter 33.19 Bit2 invert src.
See parameter 33.20 Bit3 invert src.
See parameter 33.21 Bit4 invert src.
See parameter 33.22 Bit5 invert src.
Pump status word.
Name
Trad
Reg bypass
Multi pump
Level control
Sleep
Boosting
Pipe filling
Bypass
Cleaning
Analyzer ID run
PID ref freeze
PID out freeze
Balancing
No aux pumps
Autochange
High prot spd
Low prot spd
Speed ref 2 act
Ext2 Speed
mode
1931 Reserved
Value
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Information
Traditional pump control mode active.
PID controller bypass mode active.
Multipump functionality (via drive-to-drive link) active.
Level control active.
Sleep mode active.
Sleep boost active.
Soft pipefill function active.
PID controller bypass mode active.
Cleaning sequence active.
Reserved
PID controller input frozen.
PID controller output frozen.
PID balancing reference in force.
No auxiliary pumps available to be started.
Autochange function active.
Outlet pressure monitoring: forced reference active.
Inlet pressure monitoring: forced reference active.
Speed reference 2 active.
Speed control selected for external control location EXT2 by
parameter 12.05 Ext2 ctrl mode.
138 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
06.21
Level status
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1431
06.22
Name
Low level 1
Low level 2
Stop level
Start level 1
Start level 2
Start level 3
Start level 4
Start level 5
Start level 6
Start level 7
Start level 8
High level 1
High level 2
High speed
Reserved
MF status word
Value
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Information
Low level 1 reached.
Low level 2 reached.
Stop level reached.
Start level 1 reached.
Start level 2 reached.
Start level 3 reached.
Start level 4 reached.
Start level 5 reached.
Start level 6 reached.
Start level 7 reached.
Start level 8 reached.
High level 1 reached.
High level 2 reached.
High speed reached.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
Name
Master
Follower
Master running
Copy of mstr
Node 1
Value
1
1
1
1
1
Node 2
Node 3
Node 4
Node 5
Node 6
10
Node 7
11
Node 8
Information
Drive is master.
Drive is follower.
Master drive is running.
Sync mode active (par. 75.03 is set to Copy of mstr).
(Only valid if the drive is master.) Drive with node number 1 is
present on the drive-to-drive link.
(Only valid if the drive is master.) Drive with node number 2 is
present on the drive-to-drive link.
(Only valid if the drive is master.) Drive with node number 3 is
present on the drive-to-drive link.
(Only valid if the drive is master.) Drive with node number 4 is
present on the drive-to-drive link.
(Only valid if the drive is master.) Drive with node number 5 is
present on the drive-to-drive link.
(Only valid if the drive is master.) Drive with node number 6 is
present on the drive-to-drive link.
(Only valid if the drive is master.) Drive with node number 7 is
present on the drive-to-drive link.
(Only valid if the drive is master.) Drive with node number 8 is
present on the drive-to-drive link.
1231 Reserved
08
08.01
Active fault
1=1
08.02
Last fault
1=1
08.03
Fault time hi
1=1d
Parameters 139
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
08.04
Fault time lo
1=1
08.05
Alarm logger1
Bit
02
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1012
13
14
15
08.06
Alarm logger2
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
615
08.07
Alarm
Reserved
SAFE TORQUE OFF (page 336)
STO MODE CHANGE (page 336)
MOTOR TEMPERATURE (page 336)
EMERGENCY OFF (page 336)
RUN ENABLE (page 336)
MOTOR ID-RUN (page 337)
EMERGENCY STOP (page 337)
Reserved
DEVICE OVERTEMP (page 337)
INTBOARD OVERTEMP (page 337)
Reserved
-
Alarm
DEVICE OVERTEMP (page 337)
FIELDBUS COMM (page 337)
PANEL CTRL LOSS (page 337)
AI SUPERVISION (page 337)
FB PAR CONF (page 337)
NO MOTOR DATA (page 337)
Reserved
Alarm logger3
Bit
02
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Alarm
Reserved
PS COMM (page 338)
RESTORE (page 338)
CUR MEAS CALIBRATION (page 338)
Reserved
EARTH FAULT (page 338)
AUTORESET (page 338)
MOTOR NOM VALUE (page 338)
Reserved
STALL (page 338)
LOAD CURVE (page 338)
LOAD CURVE PAR (page 338)
U/f-curve par (page 338)
Reserved
140 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
08.08
Alarm logger4
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1314
15
08.09
Alarm
OPTION COMM LOSS (page 338)
SOLUTION ALARM (page 343)
MOTOR TEMP2 (page 339)
IGBT OVERLOAD (page 339)
IGBT TEMP (page 339)
COOLING (page 339)
MENU CHANGED (page 339)
TEMP MEAS FAILURE (page 340)
Maintenance counter alarms 20552071 (page 340)
DC NOT CHARGED (page 340)
AUTOTUNE FAILED (page 340)
START INTERLOCK (page 340)
EFB COMM LOSS (page 341)
Reserved
AO CALIBRATION (page 341)
Alarm logger5
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1213
14
15
Alarm
PIPEFILL TIMEOUT (page 341)
MIN FLOW (page 341)
MAX FLOW (page 341)
LOW PRESSURE (page 341)
HIGH PRESSURE (page 341)
VERY LOW PRESS (page 341)
VERY HIGH PRESS (page 341)
PROFILE HIGH (page 341)
MAX CLEANINGS (page 342)
ALL PUMPS INLOCKD (page 342)
ENERGY LIMIT (page 342)
DATE WRONG (page 342)
Reserved
BOOSTING (page 342)
PIPE FILLING (page 342)
Parameters 141
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
08.10
Alarm logger6
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
915
08.15
Alarm word1
Bit
02
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1012
13
14
15
08.16
Alarm
NO MORE PUMPS (page 342)
CLEANING (page 342)
AUTOCHANGE (page 342)
SLEEPING (page 342)
START DELAY (page 342)
LC TANK FULL (page 342)
LC TANK EMPTY (page 343)
MF MASTER LOST (page 343)
MF NO SHARED DATA (page 343)
Reserved
-
Alarm
Reserved
SAFE TORQUE OFF (page 336)
STO MODE CHANGE (page 336)
MOTOR TEMPERATURE (page 336)
EMERGENCY OFF (page 336)
RUN ENABLE (page 336)
MOTOR ID-RUN (page 337)
EMERGENCY STOP (page 337)
Reserved
DEVICE OVERTEMP (page 337)
INTBOARD OVERTEMP (page 337)
Reserved
Alarm word2
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
615
Alarm
DEVICE OVERTEMP (page 337)
FIELDBUS COMM (page 337)
PANEL CTRL LOSS (page 337)
AI SUPERVISION (page 337)
FB PAR CONF (page 337)
NO MOTOR DATA (page 337)
Reserved
142 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
08.17
Alarm word3
Bit
02
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
08.18
Alarm
Reserved
PS COMM (page 338)
RESTORE (page 338)
CUR MEAS CALIBRATION (page 338)
Reserved
EARTH FAULT (page 338)
AUTORESET (page 338)
MOTOR NOM VALUE (page 338)
Reserved
STALL (page 338)
LOAD CURVE (page 338)
LOAD CURVE PAR (page 338)
U/f-curve par (page 338)
Reserved
Alarm word4
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1314
15
Alarm
OPTION COMM LOSS (page 338)
SOLUTION ALARM (page 343)
MOTOR TEMP2 (page 339)
IGBT OVERLOAD (page 339)
IGBT TEMP (page 339)
COOLING (page 339)
MENU CHANGED (page 339)
TEMP MEAS FAILURE (page 340)
Maintenance counter alarms 20552071 (page 340)
DC NOT CHARGED (page 340)
AUTOTUNE FAILED (page 340)
START INTERLOCK (page 340)
EFB COMM LOSS (page 341)
Reserved
AO CALIBRATION (page 341)
Parameters 143
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
08.20
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1031
08.21
Alarm
MIN FLOW (page 352)
MAX FLOW (page 352)
LOW PRESSURE (page 352)
HIGH PRESSURE (page 352)
VERY LOW PRESS (page 352)
VERY HIGH PRESS (page 352)
MAX CLEANINGS (page 353)
PIPEFILL TOUT (page 352)
MF MASTER LOST (page 353)
MF NO SHARED DATA (page 353)
Reserved
Alarm
MIN FLOW (page 341)
MAX FLOW (page 341)
LOW PRESSURE (page 341)
HIGH PRESSURE (page 341)
VERY LOW PRESS (page 341)
VERY HIGH PRESS (page 341)
PROFILE HIGH (page 341)
MAX CLEANINGS (page 342)
CLEANING (page 342)
PIPEFILL TIMEOUT (page 341)
ALL PUMPS INLOCKD (page 342)
ENERGY LIMIT (page 342)
DATE WRONG (page 342)
Reserved
BOOSTING (page 342)
PIPE FILLING (page 342)
NO MORE PUMPS (page 342)
AUTOCHANGE (page 342)
SLEEPING (page 342)
START DELAY (page 342)
MF MASTER LOST (page 343)
Reserved
LC TANK FULL (page 342)
LC TANK EMPTY (page 343)
MF NO SHARED DATA (page 343)
Reserved
09
09 System info
09.01
Drive type
144 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
09.02
Drive rating ID
1=1
09.03
Firmware ID
09.04
Firmware ver
09.05
Firmware patch
1=1
09.10
09.13
1=1
09.14
09.20
Option slot1
1=1
09.21
Option slot2
1=1
10
10 Start/stop/dir
10.01
Not sel
In1
State of source
(via par 10.02)
1
0
Command
Start
Stop
Parameters 145
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
3-wire
State of source 1
(via par. 10.02)
0 -> 1
Any
Any
FBA
In1F In2R
Start
Stop
Stop
3
Reserved.
State of source 2
(via par. 10.03)
0
0
1
1
Command
Stop
Start forward
Start reverse
Stop
In1St In2Dir
The source selected by 10.02 Ext1 start in1 is the start signal
(0 = stop, 1 = start), the source selected by 10.03 Ext1 start
in2 is the direction signal (0 = forward, 1 = reverse).
Panel
The start and stop commands are taken from the control
panel.
DI1
1073742337
DIO4
1073938947
Timed func
1074005518
Const
Pointer
10.03
Command
The start and stop commands are taken from the fieldbus
Control Word selected by parameter 50.15 FBA cw used.
State of source 1
(via par. 10.02)
0
1
0
1
10.02
State of source 2
(via par. 10.03)
1
1 >0
0
DI2
1073807873
DI5
1074004481
DIO5
1074004483
146 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Const
Pointer
10.04
Not sel
In1
State of source
(via par 10.05)
1
0
3-wire
In1F In2R
State of source 2
(via par. 10.06)
1
1 >0
0
Command
Start
Stop
Stop
The start and stop commands are taken from the fieldbus
Control Word selected by parameter 50.15 FBA cw used.
Reserved.
State of source 1
(via par. 10.05)
0
1
0
1
10.05
Start
Stop
FBA
Command
State of source 2
(via par. 10.06)
0
0
1
1
Command
Stop
Start forward
Start reverse
Stop
In1St In2Dir
The source selected by 10.05 Ext2 start in1 is the start signal
(0 = stop, 1 = start), the source selected by 10.06 Ext2 start
in2 is the direction signal (0 = forward, 1 = reverse).
Panel
The start and stop commands are taken from the control
panel.
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
Parameters 147
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
DIO4
1073938947
Timed func
1074005518
Const
Pointer
10.06
DI2
1073807873
DI5
1074004481
Const
Pointer
10.10
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
Pointer
10.11
Run enable
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
COMM.CW
1074201122
Const
Pointer
148 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
10.13
Em stop off3
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
Pointer
10.15
FbEq
Em stop off1
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
Pointer
Parameters 149
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
10.17
Start enable
Start/Stop commands
(group 10)
Damper status
Damper
closing
time
Damper
opening
time
Motor speed
Acceleration
time (22.02)
Deceleration
time (22.03)
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
Pointer
150 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
10.19
Start inhibit
Disabled
Enabled
Off2 stop
Off3 stop
10.20
11
11 Start/stop mode
11.01
Start mode
Fast
The drive pre-magnetizes the motor before start. The premagnetizing time is determined automatically, being typically
200 ms to 2 s depending on motor size. This mode should
be selected if a high break-away torque is required.
Note: This parameter cannot be changed while the drive is
running.
FbEq
Parameters 151
No.
11.02
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Const time
The drive pre-magnetizes the motor before start. The premagnetizing time is defined by parameter 11.02 Dc-magn
time. This mode should be selected if constant premagnetizing time is required (e.g. if the motor start must be
synchronized with the release of a mechanical brake). This
setting also guarantees the highest possible break-away
torque when the pre-magnetizing time is set long enough.
WARNING! The drive will start after the set
magnetizing time has passed even if motor
magnetization is not completed. In applications
where a full break-away torque is essential, ensure that the
constant magnetizing time is long enough to allow
generation of full magnetization and torque.
Automatic
Dc-magn time
< 1 kW
> 50 to 100 ms
1 to 10 kW
10 to 200 kW
200 to 1000 kW
11.04
11.05
0 10000 ms
1 = 1 ms
Stop mode
Coast
Ramp
Dc hold speed
DC hold speed.
0 100%
DC hold current.
10 = 1 rpm
1 = 1%
152 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
11.06
Dc hold
FbEq
DC hold
Reference
11.04 Dc hold
speed
t
0 = DC hold disabled
1 = DC hold enabled
Notes:
The DC hold function has no effect if the start signal is
switched off.
The DC hold function can only be activated in speed
control mode.
The DC hold function cannot be activated if parameter
99.05 Motor ctrl mode is set to Scalar.
Injecting DC current into the motor causes the motor to
heat up. In applications where long DC hold times are
required, externally ventilated motors should be used. If
the DC hold period is long, the DC hold cannot prevent
the motor shaft from rotating if a constant load is applied
to the motor.
Const
Pointer
12
12 Operating mode
12.01
Ext1/Ext2 sel
Ext1
EXT1 is active.
Ext2
EXT2 is active.
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Parameters 153
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Const
Pointer
12.05
Speed
PID
PID control.
13
13 Analogue inputs
13.01
Unfiltered signal
100
63
Filtered signal
O = I (1 - e-t/T)
I = filter input (step)
O = filter output
t = time
T = filter time constant
Note: The signal is also filtered due to the signal interface
hardware (approximately 0.25 ms time constant). This
cannot be changed by any parameter.
13.02
13.03
0.000 30.000 s
AI1 max
Defines the maximum value for analog input AI1. The input
type (current or voltage) is selected a jumper on the JCU
Control Unit (see the Hardware Manual of the drive). See
also parameter 13.31 AI tune.
-22.000 22.000
mA or
-11.000 11.000 V
AI1 min
Defines the minimum value for analog input AI1. The input
type (current or voltage) is selected with a jumper on the
JCU Control Unit (see the Hardware Manual of the drive).
-22.000 22.000
mA or
-11.000 11.000 V
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 unit
1000 = 1 unit
154 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
13.04
AI (mA/V)
13.03
13.02
13.05
13.05
13.06
13.07
13.08
-32768.000
32768.000
-32768.000
32768.000
Defines the filter time constant for analog input AI2. See
parameter 13.01 AI1 filt time.
0.000 30.000 s
AI2 max
Defines the maximum value for analog input AI2. The input
type (current or voltage) is selected with a jumper on the
JCU Control Unit (see the Hardware Manual of the drive).
See also parameter 13.31 AI tune.
-22.000 22.000
mA or
-11.000 11.000 V
AI2 min
Defines the minimum value for analog input AI2. The input
type (current or voltage) is selected with a jumper on the
JCU Control Unit (see the Hardware Manual of the drive).
-22.000 22.000
mA or
-11.000 11.000 V
1000 = 1
1000 = 1
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 unit
1000 = 1 unit
Parameters 155
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
13.09
AI (mA/V)
13.08
13.07
13.10
13.10
13.11
13.12
13.13
-32768.000
32768.000
-32768.000
32768.000
Defines the filter time constant for analog input AI3. See
parameter 13.01 AI1 filt time.
0.000 30.000 s
AI3 max
Defines the maximum value for analog input AI3. The input
type depends on the type and/or settings of the I/O
extension module installed. See the user documentation of
the extension module.
-22.000 22.000
mA or
-11.000 11.000 V
AI3 min
Defines the minimum value for analog input AI3. The input
type depends on the type and/or settings of the I/O
extension module installed. See the user documentation of
the extension module.
-22.000 22.000
mA or
-11.000 11.000 V
1000 = 1
1000 = 1
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 unit
1000 = 1 unit
156 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
13.14
AI (mA/V)
13.13
13.12
13.15
13.15
13.16
13.17
13.18
-32768.000
32768.000
-32768.000
32768.000
Defines the filter time constant for analog input AI4. See
parameter 13.01 AI1 filt time.
0.000 30.000 s
AI4 max
Defines the maximum value for analog input AI4. The input
type depends on the type and/or settings of the I/O
extension module installed. See the user documentation of
the extension module.
-22.000 22.000
mA or
-11.000 11.000 V
AI4 min
Defines the minimum value for analog input AI4. The input
type depends on the type and/or settings of the I/O
extension module installed. See the user documentation of
the extension module.
-22.000 22.000
mA or
-11.000 11.000 V
1000 = 1
1000 = 1
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 unit
1000 = 1 unit
Parameters 157
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
13.19
AI (mA/V)
13.18
13.17
13.20
13.20
13.21
13.22
13.23
-32768.000
32768.000
-32768.000
32768.000
Defines the filter time constant for analog input AI5. See
parameter 13.01 AI1 filt time.
0.000 30.000 s
AI5 max
Defines the maximum value for analog input AI5. The input
type depends on the type and/or settings of the I/O
extension module installed. See the user documentation of
the extension module.
-22.000 22.000
mA or
-11.000 11.000 V
AI5 min
Defines the minimum value for analog input AI5. The input
type depends on the type and/or settings of the I/O
extension module installed. See the user documentation of
the extension module.
-22.000 22.000
mA or
-11.000 11.000 V
1000 = 1
1000 = 1
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 unit
1000 = 1 unit
158 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
13.24
AI (mA/V)
13.23
13.22
13.25
13.25
13.31
13.32
-32768.000
32768.000
1000 = 1
-32768.000
32768.000
AI tune
No action
AI superv func
Selects how the drive reacts when analog input signal limit is
reached. The limit is selected by parameter 13.33 AI superv
cw.
No
No action taken.
Fault
1000 = 1
Parameters 159
No.
13.33
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Last speed
AI superv cw
Bit
Supervision
AI1 signal value falls below the value defined by equation: par. 13.03
AI1 min - 0.5 mA or V
AI1 signal value exceeds the value defined by equation: par. 13.02
AI1 max + 0.5 mA or V
AI2 signal value falls below the value defined by equation: par. 13.08
AI2 min - 0.5 mA or V
AI1 signal value exceeds the value defined by equation: par. 13.07
AI2 max + 0.5 mA or V
14 Digital I/O
14.01
DI invert mask
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
14.02
14.03
Name
1 = Invert DI1
1 = Invert DI2
1 = Invert DI3
1 = Invert DI4
1 = Invert DI5
DIO1 conf
Output
Input
Freq input
Trad pump7
1074136322
Trad pump8
1074201858
Ready
1073743361
Enabled
1073808897
Started
1073874433
Running
1073939969
Alarm
1074202113
Ext2 active
1074267649
Fault
1074398721
160 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Fault(-1)
1074529793
Ready relay
1073874434
RunningRelay
1073939970
Ref running
1074005506
Charge ready
1074333186
Neg speed
1073743363
Zero speed
1073808899
Above limit
1073874435
At setpoint
1073939971
Supervision1
1073743373
Supervision2
1073808909
Supervision3
1073874445
Const
Pointer
14.04
DIO1 Ton
Drive status
0
1
DIO1 status
Time
tOn
14.05
14.06
14.07
tOff
tOn
tOff
tOn
tOff
0.0 3000.0 s
10 = 1 s
DIO1 Toff
0.0 3000.0 s
DIO2 conf
Output
Input
Freq output
Ready
1073743361
Enabled
1073808897
10 = 1 s
Parameters 161
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Started
1073874433
Running
1073939969
Alarm
1074202113
Ext2 active
1074267649
Fault
1074398721
Fault(-1)
1074529793
Ready relay
1073874434
RunningRelay
1073939970
Ref running
1074005506
Charge ready
1074333186
Neg speed
1073743363
Zero speed
1073808899
Above limit
1073874435
At setpoint
1073939971
Supervision1
1073743373
Supervision2
1073808909
Supervision3
1073874445
Const
Pointer
14.08
DIO2 Ton
Drive status
0
1
DIO2 status
Time
tOn
14.09
14.10
tOff
tOn
tOff
tOn
tOff
0.0 3000.0 s
10 = 1 s
DIO2 Toff
0.0 3000.0 s
DIO3 conf
Output
Input
10 = 1 s
162 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
14.11
Ready
1073743361
Enabled
1073808897
Started
1073874433
Running
1073939969
Alarm
1074202113
Ext2 active
1074267649
Fault
1074398721
Fault(-1)
1074529793
Ready relay
1073874434
RunningRelay
1073939970
Ref running
1074005506
Charge ready
1074333186
Neg speed
1073743363
Zero speed
1073808899
Above limit
1073874435
At setpoint
1073939971
Supervision1
1073743373
Supervision2
1073808909
Supervision3
1073874445
Const
Pointer
14.14
14.15
FbEq
DIO4 conf
Output
Input
Ready
1073743361
Enabled
1073808897
Started
1073874433
Running
1073939969
Alarm
1074202113
Ext2 active
1074267649
Fault
1074398721
Fault(-1)
1074529793
Ready relay
1073874434
RunningRelay
1073939970
Ref running
1074005506
Charge ready
1074333186
Neg speed
1073743363
Zero speed
1073808899
Parameters 163
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Above limit
1073874435
At setpoint
1073939971
Supervision1
1073743373
Supervision2
1073808909
Supervision3
1073874445
Const
Pointer
14.18
14.19
DIO5 conf
Output
Input
Ready
1073743361
Enabled
1073808897
Started
1073874433
Running
1073939969
Alarm
1074202113
Ext2 active
1074267649
Fault
1074398721
Fault(-1)
1074529793
Ready relay
1073874434
RunningRelay
1073939970
Ref running
1074005506
Charge ready
1074333186
Neg speed
1073743363
Zero speed
1073808899
Above limit
1073874435
At setpoint
1073939971
Supervision1
1073743373
Supervision2
1073808909
Supervision3
1073874445
Const
Pointer
14.22
14.23
DIO6 conf
Output
Input
Ready
1073743361
Enabled
1073808897
Started
1073874433
Running
1073939969
164 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Alarm
1074202113
Ext2 active
1074267649
Fault
1074398721
Fault(-1)
1074529793
Ready relay
1073874434
RunningRelay
1073939970
Ref running
1074005506
Charge ready
1074333186
Neg speed
1073743363
Zero speed
1073808899
Above limit
1073874435
At setpoint
1073939971
Supervision1
1073743373
Supervision2
1073808909
Supervision3
1073874445
Const
Pointer
14.42
RO1 src
Trad pump1
1073743106
Ready
1073743361
Enabled
1073808897
Started
1073874433
Running
1073939969
Alarm
1074202113
Ext2 active
1074267649
Fault
1074398721
Fault(-1)
1074529793
Ready relay
1073874434
RunningRelay
1073939970
Ref running
1074005506
Charge ready
1074333186
Neg speed
1073743363
Zero speed
1073808899
Above limit
1073874435
At setpoint
1073939971
Supervision1
1073743373
Supervision2
1073808909
Supervision3
1073874445
Const
Pointer
Parameters 165
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
14.43
RO1 Ton
Drive status
0
1
RO1 status
Time
tOn
14.44
14.45
tOff
tOn
tOff
tOn
tOff
0.0 3000.0 s
RO1 Toff
0.0 3000.0 s
RO2 src
Trad pump2
1073808642
Ready
1073743361
Enabled
1073808897
Started
1073874433
Running
1073939969
Alarm
1074202113
Ext2 active
1074267649
Fault
1074398721
Fault(-1)
1074529793
Ready relay
1073874434
RunningRelay
1073939970
Ref running
1074005506
Charge ready
1074333186
Neg speed
1073743363
Zero speed
1073808899
Above limit
1073874435
At setpoint
1073939971
Supervision1
1073743373
Supervision2
1073808909
Supervision3
1073874445
Const
Pointer
10 = 1 s
10 = 1 s
166 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
14.48
RO3 src
Trad pump3
1073874178
Ready
1073743361
Enabled
1073808897
Started
1073874433
Running
1073939969
Alarm
1074202113
Ext2 active
1074267649
Fault
1074398721
Fault(-1)
1074529793
Ready relay
1073874434
RunningRelay
1073939970
Ref running
1074005506
Charge ready
1074333186
Neg speed
1073743363
Zero speed
1073808899
Above limit
1073874435
At setpoint
1073939971
Supervision1
1073743373
Supervision2
1073808909
Supervision3
1073874445
Const
Pointer
14.51
FbEq
RO4 src
Trad pump4
1073939714
Ready
1073743361
Enabled
1073808897
Started
1073874433
Running
1073939969
Alarm
1074202113
Ext2 active
1074267649
Fault
1074398721
Fault(-1)
1074529793
Ready relay
1073874434
RunningRelay
1073939970
Ref running
1074005506
Charge ready
1074333186
Neg speed
1073743363
Zero speed
1073808899
Above limit
1073874435
At setpoint
1073939971
Parameters 167
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Supervision1
1073743373
Supervision2
1073808909
Supervision3
1073874445
Const
Pointer
14.54
RO5 src
Trad pump5
1074005250
Ready
1073743361
Enabled
1073808897
Started
1073874433
Running
1073939969
Alarm
1074202113
Ext2 active
1074267649
Fault
1074398721
Fault(-1)
1074529793
Ready relay
1073874434
RunningRelay
1073939970
Ref running
1074005506
Charge ready
1074333186
Neg speed
1073743363
Zero speed
1073808899
Above limit
1073874435
At setpoint
1073939971
Supervision1
1073743373
Supervision2
1073808909
Supervision3
1073874445
Const
Pointer
168 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
14.57
Freq in max
14.59
14.60
14.58
14.58
14.59
14.60
14.61
14.57
fDIO1 (Hz)
3 32768 Hz
Freq in min
3 32768 Hz
-32768 32768
-32768 32768
1 = 1 Hz
1 = 1 Hz
1=1
1=1
Parameters 169
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
14.62
When 14.06 DIO2 conf is set to Freq output, defines the real
value of the signal (selected by parameter 14.61 Freq out
src) that corresponds to the maximum DIO2
frequency output value (defined by parameter 14.64 Freq
out max sca).
fDIO2 (Hz)
14.64
14.65
14.63
14.62
fDIO2 (Hz)
Signal (real)
selected by
par. 14.61
14.64
14.65
14.62
14.63
14.64
14.65
14.66
14.63
Signal (real)
selected by
par. 14.61
0 32768
1=1
When 14.06 DIO2 conf is set to Freq output, defines the real
value of the signal (selected by parameter 14.61 Freq out
src) that corresponds to the minimum DIO2 frequency output
value (defined by parameter 14.65 Freq out min sca).
0 32768
3 32768 Hz
3 32768 Hz
RO6 src
Trad pump6
1074070786
Ready
1073743361
Enabled
1073808897
Started
1073874433
1=1
1 = 1 Hz
1 = 1 Hz
170 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Running
1073939969
Alarm
1074202113
Ext2 active
1074267649
Fault
1074398721
Fault(-1)
1074529793
Ready relay
1073874434
RunningRelay
1073939970
Ref running
1074005506
Charge ready
1074333186
Neg speed
1073743363
Zero speed
1073808899
Above limit
1073874435
At setpoint
1073939971
Supervision1
1073743373
Supervision2
1073808909
Supervision3
1073874445
Const
Pointer
14.72
Name
1 = Invert DIO1
1 = Invert DIO2
1 = Invert DIO3 (on optional FIO-01 I/O Extension)
1 = Invert DIO4 (on optional FIO-01 I/O Extension)
1 = Invert DIO5 (on optional FIO-01 I/O Extension)
1 = Invert DIO6 (on optional FIO-01 I/O Extension)
1 = Invert DIO7 (on optional FIO-01 I/O Extension)
1 = Invert DIO8 (on optional FIO-01 I/O Extension)
1 = Invert DIO9 (on optional FIO-01 I/O Extension)
1 = Invert DIO10 (on optional FIO-01 I/O Extension)
15
15 Analogue outputs
15.01
AO1 src
Speed rpm
1073742081
Speed %
1073742082
Frequency
1073742083
Current
1073742084
Current %
1073742085
Torque
1073742086
Dc-voltage
1073742087
Parameters 171
No.
15.02
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Power inu
1073742102
Power motor
1073742103
SpRef unramp
1073742595
SpRef ramped
1073742597
SpRef used
1073742598
TorqRef used
1073742606
1073742853
Process act%
1073742870
Pointer
Unfiltered signal
100
63
Filtered signal
O = I (1 - e-t/T)
I = filter input (step)
O = filter output
t = time
T = filter time constant
15.03
15.04
0.000 30.000 s
0.000 22.700 mA
0.000 22.700 mA
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 mA
1000 = 1 mA
172 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
15.05
15.03
15.04
15.06
15.05
IAO1 (mA)
Signal (real)
selected by par.
15.01
15.03
15.04
15.05
15.06
15.07
15.06
Signal (real)
selected by par.
15.01
-32768.000
32768.000
-32768.000
32768.000
AO2 src
Speed rpm
1073742081
Speed %
1073742082
Frequency
1073742083
Current
1073742084
Current %
1073742085
Torque
1073742086
Dc-voltage
1073742087
Power inu
1073742102
Power motor
1073742103
SpRef unramp
1073742595
SpRef ramped
1073742597
1000 = 1
1000 = 1
Parameters 173
No.
15.08
15.09
15.10
15.11
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
SpRef used
1073742598
TorqRef used
1073742606
1073742853
Process act%
1073742870
Pointer
0.000 30.000 s
-10.000 10.000 V
-10.000 10.000 V
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 V
1000 = 1 mA
IAO2 (V)
15.09
15.10
15.12
15.11
IAO2 (V)
Signal (real)
selected by par.
15.07
15.09
15.10
15.11
-32768.000
32768.000
15.12
Signal (real)
selected by par.
15.07
1000 = 1
174 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
15.12
-32768.000
32768.000
AO3 src
Speed rpm
1073742081
Speed %
1073742082
Frequency
1073742083
Current
1073742084
Current %
1073742085
Torque
1073742086
Dc-voltage
1073742087
Power inu
1073742102
Power motor
1073742103
SpRef unramp
1073742595
SpRef ramped
1073742597
SpRef used
1073742598
TorqRef used
1073742606
1073742853
Process act%
1073742870
Pointer
0.000 30.000 s
0.000 22.700 mA
0.000 22.700 mA
15.13
15.14
15.15
15.16
FbEq
1000 = 1
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 mA
1000 = 1 mA
Parameters 175
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
15.17
15.15
15.16
15.18
15.17
IAO3 (mA)
Signal (real)
selected by
par. 15.13
15.15
15.16
15.17
15.18
15.25
15.18
Signal (real)
selected by
par. 15.13
-32768.000
32768.000
-32768.000
32768.000
AO ctrl word
Bit
Name
AO1 func
AO2 func
1000 = 1
1000 = 1
Information
0 = In signed: Sign of AO1 source is taken into account.
1 = In absolute: Absolute value of AO1 source is used.
0 = In signed: Sign of AO2 source is taken into account.
1 = In absolute: Absolute value of AO2 source is used.
176 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
15.30
AO calibration
No action
AO1 calib.
AO2 calib.
AO1 reset
AO2 reset
16
16 System
16.01
Local lock
Const
Pointer
16.02
16.03
16.04
FbEq
Parameter lock
Locked
Open
Not saved
Pass code
Selects the pass code for the parameter lock (see parameter
16.02 Parameter lock).
After entering 358 at this parameter, parameter 16.02
Parameter lock can be adjusted. The value reverts back to 0
automatically.
0 2147483647
Param restore
Done
Restoring is completed.
1=1
Parameters 177
No.
16.07
16.09
16.10
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Restore defs
1
All parameter values are restored to default values, except
motor data, ID run results, and fieldbus adapter and drive-todrive link configuration data.
Note: After restoring, you need to reselect the appropriate
application macro by launching the Application macro
assistant available through the control panel.
Clear all
Param save
Done
Save completed.
Save
Save in progress.
No request
Load set 1
Load set 2
Load set 3
Load set 4
Save set 1
Save set 2
Save set 3
Save set 4
IO mode
10
N/A
Loading
Saving
Faulted
Set1 IO act
Set2 IO act
16
178 Parameters
No.
16.11
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Set3 IO act
32
Set4 IO act
64
128
256
512
1024
User IO sel lo
Const
Pointer
16.12
16.16
Status of source
defined by par.
16.12
User parameter
set selected
FALSE
FALSE
Set 1
TRUE
FALSE
Set 2
FALSE
TRUE
Set 3
TRUE
TRUE
Set 4
User IO sel hi
Const
Pointer
16.14
Status of source
defined by par.
16.11
Reset ChgParLog
Done
Reset
None
Single short
Single long
Trad short
Trad long
Parameters 179
No.
16.17
16.18
16.20
16.21
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Ext short
Ext long
H/A short
H/A long
Level short
Level long
10
M lvl short
11
M lvl long
12
M pump short
13
M pump long
14
Full
15
Power unit
kW
Kilowatt.
hp
Horsepower.
Normal
Force OFF
Force ON
Advanced
Factory def
Ext ctrl
Trad ctrl
Hand/Auto
Hand/Auto macro.
Level ctrl
Multi level
Multi pump
Menu selection
180 Parameters
No.
16.22
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Short
Long
Full
Drive boot
No action
Reboot drive
19
19 Speed calculation
19.01
Speed scaling
0 30000 rpm
Speed fb sel
Estimated
MotorSpeed filt
Defines the time constant of the actual speed filter, i.e. time
within the actual speed has reached 63% of the nominal
speed (filtered speed = 01.01 Motor speed rpm).
If the used speed reference remains constant, the possible
interferences in the speed measurement can be filtered with
the actual speed filter. Reducing the ripple with filter may
cause speed controller tuning problems. A long filter time
constant and fast acceleration time contradict one another. A
very long filter time results in unstable control.
If there are substantial interferences in the speed
measurement, the filter time constant should be proportional
to the total inertia of the load and motor, in this case
1030% of the mechanical time constant
tmech = (nnom / Tnom ) Jtot 2 / 60, where
Jtot = total inertia of the load and motor (the gear ratio
between the load and motor must be taken into account)
nnom = motor nominal speed
Tnom = motor nominal torque
See also parameter 23.07 Speed err Ftime.
0.000 10000.000
ms
0.00 30000.00
rpm
19.02
19.03
19.06
1 = 1 rpm
1000 = 1 ms
100 = 1 rpm
Parameters 181
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
19.07
Defines the delay for the Zero speed delay function. The
function is useful in applications where a smooth and quick
restarting is essential. During the delay, the drive knows
accurately the rotor position.
Without Zero speed delay:
The drive receives a stop command and decelerates along
a ramp. When the motor actual speed falls below the value
of 19.06 Zero speed limit, the speed controller is switched
off. The inverter modulation is stopped and the motor coasts
to standstill.
Speed
Speed controller switched off:
Motor coasts to stop.
19.08
Time
0 30000 ms
0 30000 rpm
1 = 1 ms
1 = 1 rpm
182 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
19.09
Speed TripMargin
Time
20.02
Speed trip margin
19.10
Speed window
0 30000 rpm
20
20 Limits
20.01
Maximum speed
0 30000 rpm
Maximum speed.
Minimum speed
-30000 0 rpm
Minimum speed.
20.02
10 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
Parameters 183
No.
Name/Value
Description
20.03
FbEq
Const
Pointer
20.05
20.06
Maximum current
0.00 30000.00 A
Const
Pointer
20.07
20.08
Maximum torque1
0.0 1600.0%
Maximum torque 1.
Minimum torque1
-1600.0 0.0%
Minimum torque 1.
100 = 1 A
10 = 1%
10 = 1%
184 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
20.09
Maximum torque2
Defines the source of maximum torque limit 2 for the drive (in
percent of the motor nominal torque). See parameter 20.06
Torq lim sel.
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2 scaled
1073742343
FBA ref1
1073742362
FBA ref2
1073742363
Max torque1
1073746951
Pointer
Minimum torque2
Defines the source of minimum torque limit 2 for the drive (in
percent of the motor nominal torque). See parameter 20.06
Torq lim sel.
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2 scaled
1073742343
FBA ref1
1073742362
FBA ref2
1073742363
1073746949
Min torque1
1073746952
Pointer
P motoring lim
0.0 1600.0%
P generating lim
0.0 1600.0%
20.10
20.12
20.13
21
FbEq
10 = 1%
10 = 1%
21 Speed ref
21.01
Zero
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2 scaled
1073742343
Freq in
1073742356
FBA ref1
1073742362
FBA ref2
1073742363
Panel
1073742370
EFB ref1
1073742374
EFB ref2
1073742375
Pointer
Zero
AI1 scaled
1073742341
21.02
Parameters 185
No.
21.05
21.09
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
AI2 scaled
1073742343
Freq in
1073742356
FBA ref1
1073742362
FBA ref2
1073742363
Panel
1073742370
EFB ref1
1073742374
EFB ref2
1073742375
Pointer
Speed share
Defines the scaling factor for the speed reference (the speed
reference is multiplied by the defined value).
-8.000 8.000
1000 = 1
21.09
SpeedRef min abs
Speed reference
-(21.09
SpeedRef min abs)
20.02
Minimum speed
0 30000 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
186 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
22
Description
22.02
Acc time
0.000 1800.000 s
Acceleration time.
Dec time
0.000 1800.000 s
Deceleration time.
22.03
FbEq
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 s
Parameters 187
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
22.06
Speed
Linear ramp:
Par. 22.06 = 0 s
S-curve ramp:
Par. 22.07 > 0 s
S-curve ramp:
Par. 22.06 > 0 s
Time
Deceleration:
Speed
S-curve ramp:
Par. 22.08 > 0 s
Linear ramp:
Par. 22.08 = 0 s
S-curve ramp:
Par. 22.09 > 0 s
Linear ramp:
Par. 22.09 = 0 s
Time
22.07
22.08
0.000 1800.000 s
0.000 1800.000 s
0.000 1800.000 s
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 s
188 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
22.09
0.000 1800.000 s
Em stop time
0.000 1800.000 s
22.12
23
FbEq
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 s
23 Speed ctrl
23.01
Proport gain
%
Gain = Kp = 1
TI = Integration time = 0
TD= Derivation time = 0
Error value
Controller output
Controller
output = Kp e
e = Error value
Time
If gain is set to 1, a 10% change in error value (reference actual value) causes the speed controller output to change
by 10%.
0.00 200.00
100 = 1
Parameters 189
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
23.02
Integration time
%
Controller output
Gain = Kp = 1
TI = Integration time = 0
TD= Derivation time = 0
Kp e
Kp e
e = Error value
Time
TI
0.000 600.000 s
1000 = 1 s
190 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
23.03
Derivation time
%
Controller output
Kp TD
e
Ts
Kp e
Error value
Kp e
e = Error value
TI
Time
Gain = Kp = 1
TI = Integration time > 0
TD= Derivation time > 0
Ts= Sample time period = 250 s
e = Error value change between two samples
23.04
0.000 10.000 s
0.0 1000.0 ms
1000 = 1 s
10 = 1 ms
Parameters 191
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
23.05
Speed reference
Actual speed
Time
Acceleration compensation:
%
Speed reference
Actual speed
Time
23.06
23.07
0.00 600.00 s
100 = 1 s
0.0 1000.0 ms
Defines the time constant of the speed error low pass filter.
If the used speed reference changes rapidly, the possible
interferences in the speed measurement can be filtered with
the speed error filter. Reducing the ripple with filter may
cause speed controller tuning problems. A long filter time
constant and fast acceleration time contradict one another. A
very long filter time results in unstable control.
0.0 1000.0 ms
10 = 1 ms
192 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
23.08
Speed additive
Zero
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2 scaled
1073742343
FBA ref1
1073742362
FBA ref2
1073742363
Pointer
-1600.0 1600.0%
-1600.0 1600.0%
SpeedErr winFunc
Disabled
Absolute
Relative
SpeedErr win hi
0 3000 rpm
23.09
23.10
23.11
23.12
FbEq
10 = 1%
10 = 1%
1 = 1 rpm
Parameters 193
No.
Name/Value
Description
23.13
SpeedErr win lo
0 3000 rpm
Drooping rate
23.14
FbEq
1 = 1 rpm
No drooping
100%
Drooping
Speed controller
output / %
Drive load
100%
0.00 100.00%
Droop rate.
100 = 1%
194 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
23.15
PI adapt max sp
1.000
23.16 PI adapt
min sp
23.15 PI adapt
max sp
Actual speed
(rpm)
Kp = Proportional gain
TI = Integration time
23.16
23.17
23.18
0 30000 rpm
PI adapt min sp
0 30000 rpm
Pcoef at min sp
0.000 10.000
Icoef at min sp
0.000 10.000
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1000 = 1
1000 = 1
Parameters 195
No.
Name/Value
Description
23.20
PI tune mode
Done
Smooth
Middle
Tight
User
Tune bandwidth
0.00 2000.00 Hz
Tune damping
0.0 200.0
23.21
23.22
FbEq
100 = 1 Hz
10 = 1
196 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
25
Description
FbEq
25 Critical speed
25.01
Motor speed
(rpm)
1560
1380
690
540
25.02
25.03
25.04
Drive speed
(rpm)
Disable
Enable
Crit speed1 lo
-30000 30000
rpm
Crit speed1 hi
-30000 30000
rpm
Crit speed2 lo
-30000 30000
rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
Parameters 197
No.
Name/Value
Description
25.05
Crit speed2 hi
-30000 30000
rpm
Crit speed3 lo
-30000 30000
rpm
Crit speed3 hi
-30000 30000
rpm
25.06
25.07
26
26 Constant speeds
26.01
Bit
Name
Const speed
mode
Dir ena
FbEq
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
Information
1 = Packed: 7 constant speeds are selectable using the three sources
defined by parameters 26.02, 26.03 and 26.04.
0 = Separate: Constant speeds 1, 2 and 3 are separately activated by
the sources defined by parameters 26.02, 26.03 and 26.04 respectively.
In case of conflict, the constant speed with the smaller number takes
priority.
1 = Start dir: To determine running direction for a constant speed, the
sign of the constant speed setting (parameters 26.0626.12) is
multiplied by the direction signal (forward: +1, reverse: -1). For example,
if the direction signal is reverse and the active constant speed is
negative, the drive will run in the forward direction.
0 = Accord Par: The running direction for the constant speed is
determined by the sign of the constant speed setting (parameters
26.0626.12).
198 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
26.02
None
Constant speed 1
Constant speed 2
Constant speed 3
Constant speed 4
Constant speed 5
Constant speed 6
Constant speed 7
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
Pointer
26.03
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
Pointer
26.04
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
Parameters 199
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
Pointer
26.06
26.07
26.08
26.09
26.10
26.11
26.12
Const speed1
-30000 30000
rpm
Constant speed 1.
Const speed2
-30000 30000
rpm
Constant speed 2.
Const speed3
-30000 30000
rpm
Constant speed 3.
Const speed4
-30000 30000
rpm
Constant speed 4.
Const speed5
-30000 30000
rpm
Constant speed 5.
Const speed6
-30000 30000
rpm
Constant speed 6.
Const speed7
-30000 30000
rpm
Constant speed 7.
27
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
27 Process PID
27.01
Zero
Zero reference.
Setpoint %
1073742873
Pointer
PID gain
0.00 100.00
27.12
100 = 1
200 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
27.13
GI
GI
Time
Ti
I = controller input (error)
O = controller output
G = gain
Ti = integration time
27.14
27.15
0.00 320.00 s
Integration time.
0.00 10.00 s
Derivation time.
100 = 1 s
100 = 1 s
Unfiltered signal
100
63
Filtered signal
O = I (1 - e-t/T)
I = filter input (step)
O = filter output
t = time
T = filter time constant
0.00 10.00 s
100 = 1 s
Parameters 201
No.
Name/Value
Description
27.16
Const
Pointer
27.18
27.19
27.30
FbEq
PID maximum
-32768.0 32768.0
PID minimum
Defines the minimum limit for the PID controller output. See
parameter 27.18 PID maximum.
-32768.0 32768.0
10 = 1
10 = 1
PID
27.01 PID
setpoint sel
27.12
27.13
27.14
27.15
27.16
04.05
27.18
27.19
Process actual value
(group 28 Procact sel)
No
Freeze
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
Pointer
202 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
27.31
04.05
Freeze
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
Pointer
27.32
27.33
27.34
0 100 s
Defines the time for the PID setpoint decrease from 100 to
0%.
0 100 s
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
1=1s
1=1s
Parameters 203
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
DI5
1074004481
Const
Pointer
27.35
27.36
-32768.0
32768.0%
Speed scal
1073746689
Pointer
28
10 = 1%
28 Procact sel
28.01
Act val 1
Act val 2
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
Pointer
28.02
Zero
No source selected.
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2 scaled
1073742343
AI3 scaled
1073742345
AI4 scaled
1073742347
AI5 scaled
1073742349
FBA procact
1073742377
Shared sig1
1073742379
Flow act
1073743109
Pointer
204 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
28.03
Zero
No source selected.
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2 scaled
1073742343
AI3 scaled
1073742345
AI4 scaled
1073742347
AI5 scaled
1073742349
FBA procact
1073742377
Shared sig1
1073742379
Flow act
1073743109
Pointer
Act1
Add
Sub
Mul
Div
Max
Min
Sqrt sub
Sqrt add
0.00 32768.00%
Defines the unit for both process actual value and process
setpoint. Typically the measured quantity is selected.
m3/h
m3/h
20
bar
bar
22
kPa
kPa
23
GPM
GPM
24
psi
psi
25
inHg
inHg
29
mbar
mbar
44
Pa
Pa
45
inH2O
inH2O
58
in wg
in wg
59
ft wg
ft wg
60
28.04
28.05
28.06
FbEq
100 = 1%
Parameters 205
No.
28.07
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
lbsi
lbsi
61
72
inch
inch
73
Not used
No scaling applied.
Src/10
Src/100
Src/1000
29
29 Setpoint sel
29.01
Setpoint 1
Setpoint 1 selected.
Setpoint 2
Setpoint 2 selected.
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
Pointer
29.02
29.03
Setpoint 1 src
Zero
No source selected.
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2 scaled
1073742343
AI3 scaled
1073742345
AI4 scaled
1073742347
AI5 scaled
1073742349
FBA setpoint
1073742376
Shared sig2
1073742380
Int set 1
1073749252
Pointer
Setpoint 2 src
Zero
No source selected.
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2 scaled
1073742343
206 Parameters
No.
29.04
29.05
29.06
29.07
29.08
29.09
29.10
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
AI3 scaled
1073742345
AI4 scaled
1073742347
AI5 scaled
1073742349
FBA setpoint
1073742376
Shared sig2
1073742380
Int set 2
1073749253
Pointer
Internal set 1
0.00 32768.00%
Internal set 2
0.00 32768.00%
Reference step 1
0.00 100.00%
Reference step 1.
Reference step 2
0.00 100.00%
Reference step 2.
Reference step 3
0.00 100.00%
Reference step 3.
Reference step 4
0.00 100.00%
Reference step 4.
Reference step 5
0.00 100.00%
Reference step 5.
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
Parameters 207
No.
Name/Value
Description
29.11
Reference step 6
0.00 100.00%
Reference step 6.
Reference step 7
0.00 100.00%
Reference step 7.
29.12
30
FbEq
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
30 Fault functions
30.01
External fault
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
Pointer
30.02
30.03
30.04
Defines the safe speed reference that is used with the Spd
ref Safe setting of supervision parameters 13.32 AI superv
func, 30.03 Panel ctrl loss or 50.02 Comm loss func upon an
alarm. This speed is used when the parameter is set to Spd
ref Safe.
-30000 30000
rpm
No
No action taken.
Fault
Last speed
No
No action taken.
Fault
1 = 1 rpm
208 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
30.05
Earth fault
No
No action taken.
Warning
Fault
No
No action taken.
Fault
Sto diagnostic
Fault
Alarm
Drive running:
The drive trips on SAFE TORQUE OFF (0xFF7A) if one or
both of the STO signals are lost.
Drive stopped:
The drive generates a SAFE TORQUE OFF (0xFF7A) alarm
if both STO signals are absent. If only one of the signals is
lost, the drive trips on STO1 LOST (0x8182) or STO2 LOST
(0x8183).
No
Drive running:
The drive trips on SAFE TORQUE OFF (0xFF7A) if one or
both of the STO signals are lost.
Drive stopped:
No action if both STO signals are absent. If only one of the
signals is lost, the drive trips on STO1 LOST (0x8182) or
STO2 LOST (0x8183).
Only Alarm
Wiring or earth
No
No action taken.
Fault
30.06
30.07
30.08
FbEq
Parameters 209
No.
Name/Value
Description
30.09
Stall function
Bit
0
30.10
30.11
30.12
FbEq
Function
Ena sup (Enable supervision)
0 = Disabled: Supervision disabled.
1 = Enabled: Supervision enabled.
Ena warn (Enable warning)
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled: Drive generates alarm STALL (0x7121) upon a stall condition.
Ena fault (Enable fault)
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled: Drive trips on fault STALL (0x7121) upon a stall condition.
0.0 1600.0%
Stall freq hi
0.5 1000.0 Hz
Stall time
0 3600 s
Stall time.
31
10 = 1%
10 = 1 Hz
1=1s
31.01
No
Alarm
Fault
210 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
31.02
Estimated
PTC JCU
Pt100 JCU x1
Pt100 JCU x2
Pt100 JCU x3
Pt100 Ext x1
10
Pt100 Ext x2
11
Pt100 Ext x3
12
0 200 C
0 200 C
No
Alarm
31.03
31.04
31.05
FbEq
1 = 1 C
1 = 1 C
Parameters 211
No.
31.06
31.07
31.08
31.09
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Fault
Estimated
PTC JCU
Pt100 JCU x1
Pt100 JCU x2
Pt100 JCU x3
Pt100 Ext x1
10
Pt100 Ext x2
11
Pt100 Ext x3
12
0 200 C
0 200 C
-60 100 C
Ambient temperature.
1 = 1 C
1 = 1 C
1 = 1 C
212 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
31.10
I/IN
(%)
FbEq
I = Motor current
IN = Nominal motor current
150
31.10
100
50
31.11
31.12
31.11
31.12
Drive output
frequency
50 150%
50 150%
Break point
0.01 500.00 Hz
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
100 = 1 Hz
Parameters 213
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
31.13
Motor nominal
temperature rise
Ambient temperature
Time
31.14
0 300 C
Temperature rise.
1 = 1 C
Time
Temperature rise
100%
63%
Time
1=1s
214 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
32
Description
32 Automatic reset
32.01
Autoreset sel
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
32.02
32.03
32.04
FbEq
Fault
AR overcurrent
AR overvoltage
AR undervoltage
AR AI min
Reserved
AR external
Number of trials
05
Trial time
Defines the time for the automatic fault reset function. See
parameter 32.02 Number of trials.
1.0 600.0 s
Delay time
Defines the time that the drive will wait after a fault before
attempting an automatic reset. See parameter 32.01
Autoreset sel.
0.0 120.0 s
Resetting delay.
33
1=1
10 = 1 s
10 = 1 s
33 Supervision
33.01
Superv1 func
Disabled
Low
High
Abs Low
Abs High
Superv1 act
Speed rpm
1073742081
Speed %
1073742082
Frequency
1073742083
33.02
Parameters 215
No.
33.03
33.04
33.05
33.06
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Current
1073742084
Current %
1073742085
Torque
1073742086
Dc-voltage
1073742087
Power inu
1073742102
Power motor
1073742103
SpRef unramp
1073742595
SpRef ramped
1073742597
SpRef used
1073742598
TorqRef used
1073742606
Process act
1073742849
1073742853
Pointer
Superv1 hi
-32768.00
32768.00
Superv1 lo
-32768.00
32768.00
Superv2 func
Disabled
Low
High
Abs Low
Abs High
Superv2 act
Speed rpm
1073742081
Speed %
1073742082
Frequency
1073742083
Current
1073742084
Current %
1073742085
Torque
1073742086
Dc-voltage
1073742087
Power inu
1073742102
100 = 1
100 = 1
216 Parameters
No.
33.07
33.08
33.09
33.10
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Power motor
1073742103
SpRef unramp
1073742595
SpRef ramped
1073742597
SpRef used
1073742598
TorqRef used
1073742606
Process act
1073742849
1073742853
Pointer
Superv2 hi
-32768.00
32768.00
Superv2 lo
-32768.00
32768.00
Superv3 func
Disabled
Low
High
Abs Low
Abs High
Superv3 act
Speed rpm
1073742081
Speed %
1073742082
Frequency
1073742083
Current
1073742084
Current %
1073742085
Torque
1073742086
Dc-voltage
1073742087
Power inu
1073742102
Power motor
1073742103
SpRef unramp
1073742595
SpRef ramped
1073742597
SpRef used
1073742598
TorqRef used
1073742606
100 = 1
100 = 1
Parameters 217
No.
33.11
33.12
33.17
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Process act
1073742849
1073742853
Pointer
Superv3 hi
-32768.00
32768.00
Superv3 lo
-32768.00
32768.00
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
RO1
1073742338
RO2
1073807874
RO3
1073873410
RO4
1073938946
RO5
1074004482
Running
1073939969
Const
Pointer
33.18
33.19
33.20
33.21
33.22
100 = 1
100 = 1
218 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
34
Description
34.01
Overload func
Bit
0
34.02
Function
Ena sup (Enable supervision)
0 = Disabled: Supervision disabled.
1 = Enabled: Supervision enabled.
Input value sel (Input value selection)
0 = Current: Current is supervised.
1 = Torque: Torque is supervised.
Ena warn (Enable warning)
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled: Drive generates alarm LOAD CURVE (0x2312) when the curve is
exceeded.
Ena fault (Enable fault)
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled: Drive trips on fault LOAD CURVE (0x2312) when the curve is exceeded.
Note: This fault must be disabled for the overload curve to work as a triggering condition
for the pump cleaning sequence (see parameter 82.01 Pump clean trig, bit 9). An active
fault would trip the drive, and the cleaning sequence would not be performed.
Ena lim integ (Enable limit integration)
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled: Integration time defined by parameter 34.18 Load integ time is used. After
the supervision is evoked, the current or torque is limited by the upper boundary of the
load curve.
Ena lim always (Enable limit always)
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled: The current or torque is always limited by the upper boundary of the load
curve.
Underload func
Bit
0
FbEq
Function
Ena sup (Enable supervision)
0 = Disabled: Supervision disabled.
1 = Enabled: Supervision enabled.
Input value sel (Input value selection)
0 = Current: Current is supervised.
1 = Torque: Torque is supervised.
Ena warn (Enable warning)
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled: Drive generates alarm LOAD CURVE (0x2312) when the load remains
below the curve for longer than the time defined by parameter 34.20 Underload time.
Ena fault (Enable fault)
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled: Drive trips on fault LOAD CURVE (0x2312) when the load remains below
the curve for longer than the time defined by parameter 34.20 Underload time.
Note: This fault must be disabled for the underload curve to work as a triggering
condition for the pump cleaning sequence (see parameter 82.01 Pump clean trig, bit 8).
An active fault would trip the drive, and the cleaning sequence would not be performed.
Parameters 219
No.
Name/Value
Description
34.03
Load freq1
1 500 Hz
Frequency at point 1.
Load freq2
1 500 Hz
Frequency at point 2.
Load freq3
1 500 Hz
Frequency at point 3.
Load freq4
1 500 Hz
Frequency at point 4.
Load freq5
1 500 Hz
Frequency at point 5.
0 1600%
0 1600%
0 1600%
0 1600%
0 1600%
0 1600%
0 1600%
0 1600%
0 1600%
0 1600%
0 10000 s
Integration time.
34.04
34.05
34.06
34.07
34.08
34.09
34.10
34.11
34.12
34.13
34.14
34.15
34.16
34.17
34.18
FbEq
1 = 1 Hz
1 = 1 Hz
1 = 1 Hz
1 = 1 Hz
1 = 1 Hz
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1=1s
220 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
34.19
0 10000 s
Underload time
0 10000 s
Underload time.
34.20
35
FbEq
1=1s
1=1s
35 Process variable
35.01
Signal1 param
Speed rpm
1073742081
Speed %
1073742082
Frequency
1073742083
Current
1073742084
Current %
1073742085
Torque
1073742086
Dc-voltage
1073742087
Power inu
1073742102
Power motor
1073742103
SpRef unramp
1073742595
SpRef ramped
1073742597
SpRef used
1073742598
TorqRef used
1073742606
Process act
1073742849
1073742853
Pointer
Signal1 max
35.02
35.06
35.07
35.03
-3276832768
35.02
Signal selected by
35.01 Signal1 param
1=1
Parameters 221
No.
Name/Value
Description
35.03
Signal1 min
-3276832768
1=1
10 = 1
100 = 1
1000 = 1
10000 = 1
100000 = 1
None
Hz
rpm
kh
10
lbft
10
11
mA
11
12
mV
12
13
kW
13
14
14
15
kWh
15
16
16
17
hp
17
18
MWh
18
19
m/s
19
20
m3/h
20
21
dm3/h
21
22
bar
22
23
kPa
23
24
GPM
24
25
PSI
25
26
CFM
26
35.04
35.05
FbEq
1=1
222 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
27
ft
27
28
MGD
28
29
inHg
29
30
FPM
30
31
kbits
31
32
kHz
32
33
Ohm
33
34
ppm
34
35
pps
35
36
l/s
36
37
l/min
37
38
l/h
38
39
m3/s
39
40
m3/m
40
41
kg/s
41
42
kg/m
42
43
kg/h
43
44
mbar
44
45
Pa
45
46
GPS
46
47
gal/s
47
48
gal/m
48
49
gal/h
49
50
ft3/s
50
51
ft3/m
51
52
ft3/h
52
53
lb/s
53
54
lb/m
54
55
lb/h
55
56
FPS
56
57
ft/s
57
58
inH2O
58
59
inwg
59
60
ftwg
60
61
lbsi
61
62
ms
62
63
Mrev
63
64
days
64
65
inWC
65
66
mpmin
66
67
week
67
Parameters 223
No.
35.06
35.07
35.08
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
68
tonne
68
69
m/s^2
69
70
rev
70
71
deg
71
72
72
73
inch
73
74
inc
74
75
m/s^3
75
76
kg/m^2
76
77
kg/m^3
77
78
m^3
78
79
[blank]
79
80
u/s
80
81
u/min
81
82
u/h
82
8384
[blank]
8384
85
u/s^2
85
86
min-2
86
87
u/h^2
87
8889
[blank]
8889
90
Vrms
90
91
bits
91
92
Nm
92
93
p.u.
93
94
1/s
94
95
mH
95
96
mOhm
96
97
us
97
98
C/W
98
-3276832768
-3276832768
Signal2 param
Speed rpm
1073742081
Speed %
1073742082
Frequency
1073742083
Current
1073742084
Current %
1073742085
1=1
1=1
224 Parameters
No.
35.09
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Torque
1073742086
Dc-voltage
1073742087
Power inu
1073742102
Power motor
1073742103
SpRef unramp
1073742595
SpRef ramped
1073742597
SpRef used
1073742598
TorqRef used
1073742606
Process act
1073742849
1073742853
Pointer
Signal2 max
35.13
35.14
35.10
35.10
35.11
35.09
Signal selected by
35.08 Signal2 param
-3276832768
Signal2 min
-3276832768
1=1
10 = 1
100 = 1
1000 = 1
10000 = 1
100000 = 1
1=1
1=1
Parameters 225
No.
Name/Value
Description
35.12
098
-3276832768
-3276832768
Signal3 param
Speed rpm
1073742081
Speed %
1073742082
Frequency
1073742083
Current
1073742084
Current %
1073742085
Torque
1073742086
Dc-voltage
1073742087
Power inu
1073742102
Power motor
1073742103
SpRef unramp
1073742595
SpRef ramped
1073742597
SpRef used
1073742598
TorqRef used
1073742606
Process act
1073742849
1073742853
Pointer
Signal3 max
35.13
35.14
35.15
35.16
FbEq
1=1
1=1
1=1
35.20
35.21
35.17
-3276832768
35.16
Signal selected by
35.15 Signal3 param
1=1
226 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
35.17
Signal3 min
-3276832768
1=1
10 = 1
100 = 1
1000 = 1
10000 = 1
100000 = 1
098
-3276832768
-3276832768
35.18
35.19
35.20
35.21
36
FbEq
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
36 Timed functions
Configuration of timers.
See also section Timers on page 79.
36.01
Timers enable
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
Pointer
Parameters 227
No.
Name/Value
Description
36.02
Timers mode
Bit
0
36.03
36.04
36.05
36.06
36.07
FbEq
Function
Timer1 mode
0 = Daily
1 = Weekly
Timer2 mode
0 = Daily
1 = Weekly
Timer3 mode
0 = Daily
1 = Weekly
Timer4 mode
0 = Daily
1 = Weekly
Start time1
00:00:00
24:00:00
Stop time1
00:00:00
24:00:00
Start day1
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Stop day1
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Start time2
00:00:00
24:00:00
1=1s
(24:00:00 =
86400)
1=1s
(24:00:00 =
86400)
1=1s
(24:00:00 =
86400)
228 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
36.08
Stop time2
00:00:00
24:00:00
Start day2
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Stop day2
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Start time3
00:00:00
24:00:00
Stop time3
00:00:00
24:00:00
Start day3
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Stop day3
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
36.09
36.10
36.11
36.12
36.13
36.14
FbEq
1=1s
(24:00:00 =
86400)
1=1s
(24:00:00 =
86400)
1=1s
(24:00:00 =
86400)
Parameters 229
No.
36.15
36.16
36.17
36.18
36.19
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Sunday
Start time4
00:00:00
24:00:00
Stop time4
00:00:00
24:00:00
Start day4
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Stop day4
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Boost signal
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
Pointer
36.20
Boost time
00:00:00
24:00:00
Boost time.
1=1s
(24:00:00 =
86400)
1=1s
(24:00:00 =
86400)
1=1s
(24:00:00 =
86400)
230 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
36.21
Timed func1
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
36.22
Timed func2
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
36.23
Function
Timer1 ena (Time period 1 enable)
Timer2 ena (Time period 2 enable)
Timer3 ena (Time period 3 enable)
Timer4 ena (Time period 4 enable)
Boost ena (Boost enable)
Function
Timer1 ena (Time period 1 enable)
Timer2 ena (Time period 2 enable)
Timer3 ena (Time period 3 enable)
Timer4 ena (Time period 4 enable)
Boost ena (Boost enable)
Timed func3
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
Function
Timer1 ena (Time period 1 enable)
Timer2 ena (Time period 2 enable)
Timer3 ena (Time period 3 enable)
Timer4 ena (Time period 4 enable)
Boost ena (Boost enable)
FbEq
Parameters 231
No.
Name/Value
Description
36.24
Timed func4
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
FbEq
Function
Timer1 ena (Time period 1 enable)
Timer2 ena (Time period 2 enable)
Timer3 ena (Time period 3 enable)
Timer4 ena (Time period 4 enable)
Boost ena (Boost enable)
38
38 Flux ref
38.01
Flux ref
0 200%
Linear
Quadratic
User
1 500%
1 500%
1 500%
1 500%
1 500%
Defines the voltage at the 1st point on the custom U/f curve
in percent of parameter 99.07 Mot nom voltage.
0 200%
38.03
38.04
38.05
38.06
38.07
38.08
38.09
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
232 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
38.10
Defines the voltage at the 2nd point on the custom U/f curve
in percent of parameter 99.07 Mot nom voltage.
0 200%
Defines the voltage at the 3rd point on the custom U/f curve
in percent of parameter 99.07 Mot nom voltage.
0 200%
Defines the voltage at the 4th point on the custom U/f curve
in percent of parameter 99.07 Mot nom voltage.
0 200%
Defines the voltage at the 5th point on the custom U/f curve
in percent of parameter 99.07 Mot nom voltage.
0 200%
Pointer
38.11
38.12
38.13
38.16
40
FbEq
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
-
40 Motor control
40.01
Motor noise
Cyclic
Low noise
Default
Custom
Sf ref
Slip gain
40.02
40.03
1 = 1 kHz
Parameters 233
No.
40.04
40.07
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
0 200%
Slip gain.
1 = 1%
Voltage reserve
-4 50%
Voltage reserve.
IR-compensation
1 = 1%
U / UN
(%)
Relative output voltage. IR
compensation set to 15%.
100%
15%
f (Hz)
60% of nominal
frequency
See also section IR compensation for a scalar controlled
drive on page 75.
40.10
40.11
0.00 50.00%
100 = 1%
Flux braking
Disabled
Moderate
Full
Mmodel t adapt
Disabled
Enabled
234 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
44
Description
44 Maintenance
44.01
Ontime1 func
Bit
0
44.02
Function
Counter mode
0 = Loop: If alarm is enabled by bit 1, the alarm stays active only for 10 seconds.
1 = Saturate: If alarm is enabled by bit 1, the alarm stays active until reset.
Alarm ena (Alarm enable)
0 = Disable: No alarm is given when limit is reached.
1 = Enable: Alarm is given when limit is reached.
Ontime1 src
RO1
1073742338
Running
1073939969
Charged
1074333186
Const
Pointer
44.03
44.04
FbEq
Ontime1 limit
02147483647 s
On-time1
Device clean
Cabinet fan
Dc-capacitor
Mot bearing
Parameters 235
No.
Name/Value
Description
44.05
Ontime2 func
Bit
0
44.06
Function
Counter mode
0 = Loop: If alarm is enabled by bit 1, the alarm stays active only for 10 seconds.
1 = Saturate: If alarm is enabled by bit 1, the alarm stays active until reset.
Alarm ena (Alarm enable)
0 = Disable: No alarm is given when limit is reached.
1 = Enable: Alarm is given when limit is reached.
Ontime2 src
RO1
1073742338
Running
1073939969
Charged
1074333186
Const
Pointer
44.07
44.08
FbEq
Ontime2 limit
0 2147483647 s
On-time2
Device clean
Cabinet fan
Dc-capacitor
Mot bearing
1=1s
236 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
44.09
Bit
0
44.10
Function
Counter mode
0 = Loop: If alarm is enabled by bit 1, the alarm stays active only for 10 seconds.
1 = Saturate: If alarm is enabled by bit 1, the alarm stays active until reset.
Alarm ena (Alarm enable)
0 = Disable: No alarm is given when limit is reached.
1 = Enable: Alarm is given when limit is reached.
RO1
1073742338
Running
1073939969
Charged
1074333186
Const
Pointer
44.11
44.12
44.13
FbEq
Sets the alarm limit for rising edge counter 1. See parameter
44.09 Edge count1 func.
0 2147483647
1 2147483647
Edge count1
Main cntactr
Output relay
Motor starts
Power ups
Dc-charge
1=1
1=1
Parameters 237
No.
Name/Value
Description
44.14
Bit
0
44.15
Function
Counter mode
0 = Loop: If alarm is enabled by bit 1, the alarm stays active only for 10 seconds.
1 = Saturate: If alarm is enabled by bit 1, the alarm stays active until reset.
Alarm ena (Alarm enable)
0 = Disable: No alarm is given when limit is reached.
1 = Enable: Alarm is given when limit is reached.
RO1
1073742338
Running
1073939969
Charged
1074333186
Const
Pointer
44.16
44.17
44.18
FbEq
Sets the alarm limit for rising edge counter 1. See parameter
44.14 Edge count2 func.
0 2147483647
1 2147483647
Edge count2
Main cntactr
Output relay
Motor starts
Power ups
Dc-charge
1=1
1=1
238 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
44.19
Bit
0
44.20
44.21
44.22
44.23
FbEq
Function
Counter mode
0 = Loop: If alarm is enabled by bit 1, the alarm stays active only for 10 seconds.
1 = Saturate: If alarm is enabled by bit 1, the alarm stays active until reset.
Alarm ena (Alarm enable)
0 = Disable: No alarm is given when limit is reached.
1 = Enable: Alarm is given when limit is reached.
Speed rpm
1073742081
Pointer
Sets the alarm limit for value counter 1. See parameter 44.19
Val count1 func.
0 2147483647
1 2147483647
Value1
Mot bearing
1=1
1=1
Parameters 239
No.
Name/Value
Description
44.24
Bit
0
44.25
44.26
44.27
44.28
44.29
44.30
44.31
FbEq
Function
Counter mode
0 = Loop: If alarm is enabled by bit 1, the alarm stays active only for 10 seconds.
1 = Saturate: If alarm is enabled by bit 1, the alarm stays active until reset.
Alarm ena (Alarm enable)
0 = Disable: No alarm is given when limit is reached.
1 = Enable: Alarm is given when limit is reached.
Speed rpm
1073742081
Pointer
Sets the alarm limit for value counter 2. See parameter 44.24
Val count2 func.
02147483647
12147483647
Value2
Mot bearing
Sets the limit for the cooling fan on-time counter. The counter
monitors signal 01.28 Fan on-time (see page 118). When the
signal reaches the limit, alarm 2056 COOLING FAN is given.
0.00 35791394.11
h
Runtime lim
Sets the limit for the drive run-time counter. The counter
monitors signal 01.27 Run-time counter (see page 118).
When the signal reaches the limit, the alarm specified by
parameter 44.31 Runtime alm sel is given.
0.00 35791394.11
h
Device clean
Cabinet fan
1=1
1=1
1 = 1 min
1 = 1 min
240 Parameters
No.
44.32
44.33
44.34
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Dc-capacitor
Mot bearing
Sets the limit for the energy counter. The counter monitors
signal 01.24 kWh inverter (see page 118). When the signal
reaches the limit, the alarm specified by parameter 44.33
kWh inv alm sel is given.
02147483647
kWh
Device clean
Cabinet fan
Dc-capacitor
Mot bearing
Counter reset
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
Pointer
45
1 = 1 kWh
45 Energy optimising
45.01
Energy optim
Disable
Enable
Energy tariff1
0.00
21474836.47
E tariff unit
Local
Eur
Euro.
Usd
US dollar.
45.02
45.06
1=1
Parameters 241
No.
Name/Value
Description
45.07
0.0 10.0
0.0 1000.0%
Energy reset
Done
Reset
45.08
45.09
47
FbEq
1=1
1=1
47 Voltage ctrl
47.01
Overvolt ctrl
Disable
Enable
Undervolt ctrl
Disable
Enable
Disable
Enable
Supply voltage
Defines the nominal supply voltage. Used if autoidentification of the supply voltage is not enabled by
parameter 47.03 Sup volt auto Id.
0 1000 V
47.02
47.03
47.04
10 = 1 V
242 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
49
Description
49 Data storage
49.01
Data storage1
-32768 32767
16-bit data.
Data storage2
-32768 32767
16-bit data.
Data storage3
-32768 32767
16-bit data.
Data storage4
-32768 32767
16-bit data.
Data storage5
-2147483647
2147483647
32-bit data.
Data storage6
-2147483647
2147483647
32-bit data.
Data storage7
-2147483647
2147483647
32-bit data.
Data storage8
-2147483647
2147483647
32-bit data.
49.02
49.03
49.04
49.05
49.06
49.07
49.08
50
FbEq
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
50 Fieldbus
50.01
FBA enable
Disable
Enable
No
No action.
Fault
50.02
Parameters 243
No.
50.03
50.04
50.05
50.06
50.07
50.08
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Last speed
0.3 6553.5 s
Time delay.
Raw data
Reserved.
Speed
Raw data
Reserved.
Speed
Pointer
Pointer
Const
Pointer
50.09
Const
Pointer
10 = 1 s
244 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
50.10
Const
Pointer
50.11
Const
Pointer
50.12
FbEq
FB comm speed
Cyclic*
10 ms
2 ms
500 us
Acyclic**
10 ms
10 ms
2 ms
50.15
50.20
Low
Normal
High
FBA cw used
Pointer
Fb main sw func
Selects the rule on the basis of which the drive defines the
value for 02.24 FBA main sw bit 1 (Enabled).
Bit
Name
Run enable
func
Information
1 = Parameter only:
Bit 1 of 02.24 FBA main sw is set to 1 whenever the external run enable
signal (par. 10.11 Run enable) is 1.
0 = Param AND Fb cw:
Bit 1 of 02.24 FBA main sw is set to 1 whenever both the external run
enable signal (par. 10.11 Run enable) AND 02.22 FBA main cw bit 7 (Run
enable) are 1.
Parameters 245
No.
Name/Value
Description
50.21
Bit
Name
EXT1
EXT2
FbEq
Information
0 = Communication break monitoring disabled in control location EXT1.
1 = Communication break monitoring enabled in control location EXT1.
0 = Communication break monitoring disabled in control location EXT2.
1 = Communication break monitoring enabled in control location EXT2.
Example: 50.21 bit 0 = 1, bit 1 = 0. That is, the
communication break monitoring is enabled in EXT1 and
disabled in EXT2.
If the drive is currently in EXT1, and the communication
breaks, the drive takes the action defined in parameter
50.02 Comm loss func.
If the drive is currently in EXT2, and the communication
breaks, the drive does not take any action. If the
communication is re-established before switching back to
EXT1, the drive continues operating and does not
remember the temporary loss of communication.
51
51 FBA settings
51.01
FBA type
51.02
FBA par2
51.26
FBA par26
51.27
Done
Refreshing done.
Refresh
Refreshing.
246 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
51.28
0x0000 0xFFFF
0 65535
0 65535
Idle
Exec.init
Adapter is initializing.
Time out
Conf.err
Off-line
Adapter is off-line.
On-line
Adapter is on-line.
Reset
0x0000 0xFFFF
0x0000 0xFFFF
51.29
51.30
51.31
51.32
51.33
52
52 FBA data in
52.01
None
FbEq
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
Parameters 247
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
14
14
15
15
16
16
1019999
Parameter index
1=1
52.12
53
53.01
None
11
11
12
12
13
13
1019999
Parameter index
Example: To use the received data as process setpoint, set
the value to 240 (ie, parameter 02.40 FBA setpoint). Then,
define P.02.40 as the source in parameter 29.02 (or 29.03)
using the pointer setting.
1=1
53.12
56
56 Panel display
56.01
Signal1 param
Pointer
Signal2 param
Pointer
Signal3 param
Pointer
Signal1 mode
Disabled
Signal not displayed. Any other signals that are not disabled
are shown together with their respective signal name.
-1
Normal
56.02
56.03
56.04
248 Parameters
No.
56.05
56.06
56.07
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Bar
Drive name
Shows the drive name. (The drive name can be set using the
DriveStudio PC tool.)
Drive type
Signal2 mode
Disabled
Signal not displayed. Any other signals that are not disabled
are shown together with their respective signal name.
-1
Normal
Bar
Drive name
Shows the drive name. (The drive name can be set using the
DriveStudio PC tool.)
Drive type
Signal3 mode
Disabled
Signal not displayed. Any other signals that are not disabled
are shown together with their respective signal name.
-1
Normal
Bar
Drive name
Shows the drive name. (The drive name can be set using the
DriveStudio PC tool.)
Drive type
rpm
Percent
Control panel
reference
100%
0%
-100%
56.08
Speed (rpm)
20.01 Maximum speed
0.0...10000.0 ms
10 = 1 ms
Parameters 249
No.
Name/Value
Description
56.09
0.0...10000.0 ms
58
FbEq
10 = 1 ms
58 Embedded Modbus
58.01
Disabled
Disabled.
Modbus RTU
Node address
0247
Node address.
Baud rate
4800
4.8 kbit/s.
9600
9.6 kbit/s.
19200
19.2 kbit/s.
38400
38.4 kbit/s.
57600
57.6 kbit/s.
76800
76.8 kbit/s.
115200
115.2 kbit/s.
Parity
Selects the number of the data bits, the use and type of the
parity bit, and the number of the stop bits.
8 none 1
8 none 2
8 even 1
8 odd 1
Control profile
ABB Classic
ABB Enhanced
DCU 16-bit
DCU 32-bit
060000 ms
58.03
58.04
58.05
58.06
58.07
1=1
100 = 1 ms
250 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
58.08
None
Any message
Ctrl write
None
No action.
Fault
Safe speed
Last speed
Refresh settings
Done
Refresh
Refresh.
Reference scale
165535
Scaling factor.
Low
High
58.09
58.10
58.11
58.12
FbEq
1=1
Parameters 251
No.
Name/Value
Description
58.15
Comm diagnostics
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
67
8
9
10
11
1214
15
1631
58.16
58.17
58.18
58.19
58.20
58.21
FbEq
Information
Reserved.
Last received packet was not for this node.
Reserved.
At least one packet has been successfully received after the power up.
Reserved.
Communication time-out has occured.
Reserved.
Last write was not successful because of a parameter value limit violation.
Last read was not successful because only one register was used to read a 32-bit value.
Last write was not successful because the parameter was read only.
Last parameter access was not successful because the parameter or group did not exist.
Reserved.
Last write was not successful because only one register was used to read a 32-bit value.
Reserved.
0x00000xFFFF
Received packets
065535
Transm packets
065535
All packets
065535
UART errors
0..65535
CRC errors
065535
Raw CW LSW
Shows the LSW part of the Control Word which the drive
receives from the Modbus master. Read-only.
0x00000xFFFF
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
252 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
58.22
Raw CW MSW
Shows the MSW part of the Control Word which the drive
receives from the Modbus master. Read-only.
0x00000xFFFF
Raw SW LSW
Shows the LSW part of the Status Word which the drive
sends to the Modbus master. Read-only.
0x00000xFFFF
Raw SW MSW
Shows the MSW part of the Status Word which the drive
sends to the Modbus master. Read-only.
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
Transmit delay
Defines the delay time which the slave waits until it sends a
response.
065335 ms
No
No
Yes
Yes
Word order
MSW LSW
LSW MSW
Data I/O 1
09999
Data I/O 2
09999
1=1
58.23
58.24
58.25
58.26
58.27
58.28
58.30
58.31
58.32
58.35
58.36
FbEq
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
1 = 1 ms
1=1
Parameters 253
No.
Name/Value
Description
58.58
Data I/O 24
09999
64
FbEq
1=1
64 Load analyzer
64.01
PVL signal
Speed rpm
1073742081
Speed %
1073742082
Frequency
1073742083
Current
1073742084
Current %
1073742085
Torque
1073742086
Dc-voltage
1073742087
Power inu
1073742102
Power motor
1073742103
Process act
1073742849
1073742853
Pointer
0.00 120.00 s
Reset loggers
Const
64.02
64.03
Pointer
64.04
AL signal
Speed rpm
100 = 1 s
1073742081
254 Parameters
No.
64.05
64.06
64.07
64.08
64.09
64.10
64.11
64.12
64.13
64.14
64.15
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Speed %
1073742082
Frequency
1073742083
Current
1073742084
Current %
1073742085
Torque
1073742086
Dc-voltage
1073742087
Power inu
1073742102
Power motor
1073742103
Process act
1073742849
1073742853
Pointer
AL signal base
0.00 32768.00
-32768.00
32768.00
Peak value.
Date of peak
01.01.80
Time of peak
00:00:00
23:59:59
Current at peak
-32768.00
32768.00 A
Dc volt at peak
0.00 2000.00 V
DC voltage at peak.
Speed at peak
-32768.00
32768.00 rpm
Date of reset
The date the peak value logger and amplitude logger 2 were
last reset.
01.01.80
Time of reset
The time the peak value logger and amplitude logger 2 were
last reset.
00:00:00
23:59:59
AL1 0 to 10%
0.00 100.00%
AL1 10 to 20%
0.00 100.00%
100 = 1
100 = 1
1=1d
1=1s
100 = 1 A
100 = 1 V
100 = 1 rpm
1=1d
1=1s
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
Parameters 255
No.
Name/Value
Description
64.16
AL1 20 to 30%
0.00 100.00%
AL1 30 to 40%
0.00 100.00%
AL1 40 to 50%
0.00 100.00%
AL1 50 to 60%
0.00 100.00%
AL1 60 to 70%
0.00 100.00%
AL1 70 to 80%
0.00 100.00%
AL1 80 to 90%
0.00 100.00%
0.00 100.00%
AL2 0 to 10%
0.00 100.00%
AL2 10 to 20%
0.00 100.00%
AL2 20 to 30%
0.00 100.00%
AL2 30 to 40%
0.00 100.00%
AL2 40 to 50%
0.00 100.00%
AL2 50 to 60%
0.00 100.00%
AL2 60 to 70%
0.00 100.00%
64.17
64.18
64.19
64.20
64.21
64.22
64.23
64.24
64.25
64.26
64.27
64.28
64.29
64.30
FbEq
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
256 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
64.31
AL2 70 to 80%
0.00 100.00%
AL2 80 to 90%
0.00 100.00%
0.00 100.00%
64.32
64.33
75
FbEq
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
75 Pump logic
75.01
Operation mode
Off
Use this setting for a single pump and for level control
applications, even if the application has several pumps.
Trad ctrl
Reg bypass
Outlet
pipe 1
M
3~
P1
M
3~
P2
Outlet
pipe 2
Drive
3-phase
supply
P1
P2
P3
3
3
Contactors
Outlet
pipe 3
Inlet
pipe
M
3~
P3
Sewage
tank
Parameters 257
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
1 aux. motor
ON
2 aux. motors ON
Stop speed 2
Stop speed 1
Min. speed.
33%
66%
100%
Control signal (%)
75.02
Multipump
Nbr of pumps
08
Number of pumps.
1=1
258 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
75.03
Follower mode
Const speed
Speed
3
e
Dr
iv
ive
Dr
Dr
iv
e
75.04 Follower
ref
Flow demand
Drive 1
Drive 2
Drive 3
Master
Follower
Stopped
Master
Stopped
Follower
Master
Drive status
See also the diagrams at parameter 75.04 Follower ref.
Parameters 259
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Copy of mstr
Speed
2/3
e 1/
v
i
r
D
Flow demand
Drive 1
Drive 2
Drive 3
Master
Follower
Follower
Drive status
260 Parameters
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Master speed
ve
3
Dri
Drive
iv
Speed
Dr
No.
Flow demand
Drive 1
Drive 2
Drive 3
Master
Follower
Stopped
Master
Stopped
Follower
Master
Drive status
In case the master status switches from one drive to another
and the reference changes drastically, the drive compares
the most recent reference value with the previous reference.
If the difference between the references is more than 10%,
the follower will accelerate/decelerate towards the new
reference along a ramp. The acceleration and deceleration
ramps are defined by parameters 75.26 Master speed acc
and 75.27 Master speed dec respectively. The ramping will
end when the new reference is reached.
Parameters 261
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
75.04
Follower ref
Reference
Time
Speed
75.05 Start speed 1
75.04 Follower ref
Drive 1
Time
Speed
75.06 Start speed 2
75.04 Follower ref
75.12 Stop speed 1
Drive 2
Time
F (S)
Speed
032767 rpm
F (S)
1 = 1 rpm
262 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
75.05
Start speed 1
Speed
75.19
75.21
Max. speed
75.05
75.12
75.20
Min. speed
75.22
Time
ON
OFF
Start
ON
OFF
Stop
Increasing
flow
Decreasing
flow
Parameters 263
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
75.06
75.07
75.08
75.09
75.10
75.11
032767 rpm
Start speed 2
032767 rpm
Start speed 3
032767 rpm
Start speed 4
032767 rpm
Start speed 5
032767 rpm
Start speed 6
032767 rpm
Start speed 7
032767 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
264 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
75.12
Stop speed 1
032767 rpm
Stop speed 2
032767 rpm
Stop speed 3
032767 rpm
Stop speed 4
032767 rpm
Stop speed 5
032767 rpm
Stop speed 6
032767 rpm
Stop speed 7
032767 rpm
Start delay
012600 s
Start delay.
Stop delay
012600 s
Stop delay.
Speed hold on
0100 s
0100 s
08
75.13
75.14
75.15
75.16
75.17
75.18
75.19
75.20
75.21
75.22
75.23
FbEq
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1=1s
1=1s
1=1s
1=1s
1=1
Parameters 265
No.
Name/Value
Description
75.24
08
0600 s
01800 s
Acceleration time.
01800 s
Deceleration time.
Enables the quick ramp mode with quick ramp set 1, or both
quick ramp set 1 and set 2.
Quick ramp set 1 consists of 75.31 Quick ramp acc1 and
75.32 Quick ramp dec1. Quick ramp set 2 consists of 75.35
Quick ramp acc2 and 75.36 Quick ramp dec2.
For more information on the quick ramp mode, see section
Quick ramp mode on page 68.
75.25
75.26
75.27
75.30
Bit
Name
QR Enable
Set1 Set2
Information
0 = No: Quick ramp mode is disabled.
1 = Yes: Quick ramp mode is enabled.
0 = Disable: Only quick ramp set 1 is used.
1 = Enable: Both quick ramp set 1 and set 2 are used.
FbEq
1=1
1=1s
1=1s
1=1s
266 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
75.31
0.000 1800.000 s
0.000 1800.000 s
QR 1/2 swtch
Not used
No source selected.
1074070017
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Speed
Speed (as indicated by 05.48 Ramp status, bit 6). The ramp
set is changed when the actual speed exceeds the
switchover speed defined by 75.34 QR 1/2 swtch spd.
1074136368
Const
75.32
75.33
Pointer
75.34
Switchover speed.
FbEq
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 s
10 = 1 rpm
Parameters 267
No.
Name/Value
Description
75.35
0.000 1800.000 s
0.000 1800.000 s
QR/NR swtch
Selects the source for switching from quick ramp set 1 or set
2 to the standard ramp set defined by parameters 22.02 Acc
time and 22.03 Dec time.
1 = Standard ramp set is active.
0 = Quick ramp set 1 or set 2 is active.
This parameter overrides parameter 75.33 QR 1/2 swtch.
Not used
No source selected.
1074070017
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Speed
Speed (as indicated by 05.48 Ramp status, bit 7). The ramp
set is changed when the actual speed exceeds the
switchover speed defined by 75.38 QR/NR swtch spd.
1074201904
Const
75.36
75.37
Pointer
75.38
Switchover speed.
FbEq
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 s
10 = 1 rpm
268 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
76
Description
FbEq
76 MF communication
76.01
Enable MF comm
No
Yes
Pump node
08
Node number.
Master enable
No
Yes
Const
76.02
76.03
Pointer
76.04
Choice 1
Choice 2
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
Pointer
76.05
76.06
1=1
Prior choice 1
14
Priority preset 1.
Prior choice 2
14
Priority preset 2.
1=1
1=1
Parameters 269
No.
Name/Value
Description
76.07
If the drive is a follower, cannot find a master on the drive-todrive link, and is not itself allowed to be master, it will wait for
the delay specified by parameter 76.08 Mstr loss delay, then
proceed as defined by this parameter. The drive will also
generate an alarm.
Const speed
Last speed
Stop
The drive stops running. When the drive finds a master, it will
start again upon a request from the master.
03600 s
76.08
76.09
ID: 1
Priority: 1
Running
ID: 2
Priority: 1
FbEq
1=1s
ID: 3
Priority: 2
ID: 4
Priority: 2
Flow demand
ID: 1
Priority: 1
Running
ID: 4
Priority: 2
ID: 3
Priority: 2
Flow demand
ID: 1
Priority: 1
ID: 4
Priority: 2
ID: 3
Priority: 2
Flow demand
270 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
76.10
76.11
76.12
Optimal
Instant chng
Master location
Stable
In start
Shared IO enable
Determines whether shared signals broadcast on the driveto-drive link (if any) are received by the drive.
No
Yes
Set as source
No
Yes
Const
Pointer
76.13
76.14
Shared signal 1
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2 scaled
1073742343
Proc act
1073742849
Pointer
Shared signal 2
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2 scaled
1073742343
Setpoint
1073742850
Pointer
Parameters 271
No.
Name/Value
Description
76.15
Alarm
Fault
Const speed
Last speed
03600 s
76.16
77
FbEq
1=1s
77 Pump sleep
77.01
Not used
Internal
External
Int+ext
Soft ext
Speed
1073742081
Speed %
1073742082
AI1
1073742340
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2
1073742342
AI2 scaled
1073742343
Proc act
1073742849
Flow act
1073743109
77.02
272 Parameters
No.
77.03
77.04
77.05
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Pointer
Sleep level
Defines the start limit for the sleep function when parameter
77.01 Sleep mode sel is set to Internal, Int+ext or Soft ext.
-32768.00
32768.00
Sleep delay
Defines the delay for the sleep start function. See parameter
77.03 Sleep level. When the monitored signal falls below the
sleep level, the counter starts. When the signal exceeds the
sleep level, the counter resets.
0 12600 s
Not used
No source selected.
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
Pointer
77.06
77.07
0.00 32767.00 %
Sets the boost time for the sleep boost step defined by
parameter 77.06 Sleep boost step.
0100 s
100 = 1
1=1s
100 = 1%
1=1s
Parameters 273
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
77.08
0
If the process actual value (see group 28 Procact sel)
remains below the process setpoint (see group 29 Setpoint
sel) multiplied by the wake-up level for longer than the wakeup delay (77.11 Wake up delay), the drive wakes up. See the
diagram below.
Wake-up delay (77.11)
1
If the process actual value (see group 28 Procact sel)
remains above the process setpoint (see group 29 Setpoint
sel) multiplied by the wake-up level for longer than the wakeup delay (77.11 Wake up delay), the drive wakes up. See the
diagram below.
SLEEPING
274 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
SLEEPING
Wake-up level (77.10)
77.10
77.11
AI1
1073742340
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2
1073742342
AI2 scaled
1073742343
Proc act
1073742849
Flow act
1073743109
Pointer
Wake up level
Defines the wake-up limit for the sleep function. See the
selections of parameter 77.08 Wake up mode sel.
-32768.00
32767.00
Wake-up level.
Wake up delay
Defines the wake-up delay for the sleep function. See the
selections of parameter 77.08 Wake up mode sel.
0 100 s
Wake-up delay.
78
100 = 1
1=1s
78 Pump autochange
78.01
Autochg style
No
Fixed
Hourcount
All stop
Parameters 275
No.
Name/Value
Description
78.02
Autochg trad
All
Aux
Interlock mode
Not used
On
Interlocks in use.
78.03
FbEq
276 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
78.04
Autochg level
032767 rpm
Autochange level.
Autochg interval
0.00 1092.25 h
Autochange interval.
Interlock pump 1
Not used
On
The interlock is on, meaning that the pump is ready for use.
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
78.05
78.06
Pointer
78.07
Interlock pump 2
Not used
FbEq
1 = 1 rpm
100 = 1 h
Parameters 277
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
On
The interlock is on, meaning that the pump is ready for use.
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
Pointer
78.08
Interlock pump 3
Not used
On
The interlock is on, meaning that the pump is ready for use.
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
Pointer
78.09
Interlock pump 4
Not used
On
The interlock is on, meaning that the pump is ready for use.
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
Pointer
78.10
Interlock pump 5
Not used
On
The interlock is on, meaning that the pump is ready for use.
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
278 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Const
Pointer
78.11
Interlock pump 6
Not used
On
The interlock is on, meaning that the pump is ready for use.
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
Pointer
78.12
Interlock pump 7
Not used
On
The interlock is on, meaning that the pump is ready for use.
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
Pointer
78.13
Interlock pump 8
Not used
On
The interlock is on, meaning that the pump is ready for use.
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
Pointer
78.14
Runtime change
No
Set
Parameters 279
No.
78.15
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Reset
Set Trad
Reset Trad 1
Reset Trad 2
Reset Trad 3
Reset Trad 4
Reset Trad 5
Reset Trad 6
Reset Trad 7
10
Reset Trad 8
11
Runtime diff
0 2147483647 h
79
79 Level control
79.01
Level mode
Off
1=1h
280 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Emptying
Time
Frequency
Pump 2
79.19 High speed
79.18 Normal speed
Time
Frequency
Pump 1
79.19 High speed
79.18 Normal speed
Time
Parameters 281
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Filling
Time
Frequency
Pump 2
79.19 High speed
79.18 Normal speed
Time
Frequency
Pump 1
79.19 High speed
79.18 Normal speed
Time
282 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
79.02
Stopping mode
Stable level
Common stop
All the pumps running will continue to run until the stop level
(parameter 79.05 Stop level) is reached. All pumps will then
be stopped one by one at intervals defined by parameter
79.16 Start stop delay.
Low level
0.00 32768.00%
Low level.
Low switch
Not used
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
79.03
79.04
Pointer
79.05
79.06
79.07
Stop level
0.00 32768.00%
Stop level.
Start 1 level
0.00 32768.00%
Start 2 level
Defines the start level for pump 2. This is also the stop level
for the pump unless Common stop is selected at parameter
79.02 Stopping mode. See the diagrams at parameter 79.01
Level mode.
0.00 32768.00%
FbEq
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
Parameters 283
No.
Name/Value
Description
79.08
Start 3 level
Defines the start level for pump 3. This is also the stop level
for the pump unless Common stop is selected at parameter
79.02 Stopping mode. See the diagrams at parameter 79.01
Level mode.
0.00 32768.00%
Start 4 level
Defines the start level for pump 4. This is also the stop level
for the pump unless Common stop is selected at parameter
79.02 Stopping mode. See the diagrams at parameter 79.01
Level mode.
0.00 32768.00%
Start 5 level
Defines the start level for pump 5. This is also the stop level
for the pump unless Common stop is selected at parameter
79.02 Stopping mode. See the diagrams at parameter 79.01
Level mode.
0.00 32768.00%
Start 6 level
Defines the start level for pump 6. This is also the stop level
for the pump unless Common stop is selected at parameter
79.02 Stopping mode. See the diagrams at parameter 79.01
Level mode.
0.00 32768.00%
Start 7 level
Defines the start level for pump 7. This is also the stop level
for the pump unless Common stop is selected at parameter
79.02 Stopping mode. See the diagrams at parameter 79.01
Level mode.
0.00 32768.00%
Start 8 level
Defines the start level for pump 8. This is also the stop level
for the pump unless Common stop is selected at parameter
79.02 Stopping mode. See the diagrams at parameter 79.01
Level mode.
0.00 32768.00%
High level
0.00 32768.00%
High level.
High switch
Not used
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
79.09
79.10
79.11
79.12
79.13
79.14
79.15
Pointer
FbEq
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
284 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
79.16
0 3600 s
Start/stop delay.
Random coef
0.0 10.0%
Random coefficient.
Normal speed
0.032767.0 rpm
High speed
0.032767.0 rpm
79.17
79.18
79.19
80
FbEq
1=1s
10 = 1%
10 = 1%
10 = 1%
80 Flow calculation
80.01
Not used
PQ curve
HQ curve
Both
Selects the analog input (or other signal source) used for
pump inlet pressure measurement.
Zero
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2 scaled
1073742343
AI3 scaled
1073742345
AI4 scaled
1073742347
AI5 scaled
1073742349
80.02
Parameters 285
No.
80.03
80.04
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Pointer
Selects the analog input (or other signal source) used for
pump outlet pressure measurement.
Zero
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2 scaled
1073742343
AI3 scaled
1073742345
AI4 scaled
1073742347
AI5 scaled
1073742349
Pointer
HQ curve Q1
80.13
3
2
1
80.05
Q [m3/h]
80.12
80.05
80.06
80.04
0.00 32767.00
m3/h
HQ curve H1
0.00 32767.00 m
HQ curve Q2
0.00 32767.00
m3/h
100 = 1 m3/h
100 = 1 m
100 = 1 m3/h
286 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
80.07
HQ curve H2
0.00 32767.00 m
HQ curve Q3
0.00 32767.00
m3/h
HQ curve H3
0.00 32767.00 m
HQ curve Q4
0.00 32767.00
m3/h
HQ curve H4
0.00 32767.00 m
HQ curve Q5
0.00 32767.00
m3/h
HQ curve H5
0.00 32767.00 m
PQ curve P1
80.08
80.09
80.10
80.11
80.12
80.13
80.14
FbEq
100 = 1 m
100 = 1 m3/h
100 = 1 m
100 = 1 m3/h
100 = 1 m
100 = 1 m3/h
100 = 1 m
P [kW]
80.22
4
3
2
80.14
Q [m3/h]
80.15
0.00 32767.00
kW
80.23
Power input of pump at point 1.
100 = 1 kW
Parameters 287
No.
Name/Value
Description
80.15
PQ curve Q1
0.00 32767.00
m3/h
PQ curve P2
0.00 32767.00
kW
PQ curve Q2
0.00 32767.00
m3/h
PQ curve P3
0.00 32767.00
kW
PQ curve Q3
0.00 32767.00
m3/h
PQ curve P4
0.00 32767.00
kW
PQ curve Q4
0.00 32767.00
m3/h
PQ curve P5
0.00 32767.00
kW
PQ curve Q5
0.00 32767.00
m3/h
HQ PQ brk point
0.00 32767.00 m
0.00 32767.00 m
0.00 32767.00 m
0.00 32767.00 m
Height difference.
80.16
80.17
80.18
80.19
80.20
80.21
80.22
80.23
80.24
80.25
80.26
80.27
FbEq
100 = 1 m3/h
100 = 1 kW
100 = 1 m3/h
100 = 1 kW
100 = 1 m3/h
100 = 1 kW
100 = 1 m3/h
100 = 1 kW
100 = 1 m3/h
100 = 1 m
100 = 1 m
100 = 1 m
100 = 1 m
288 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
80.28
032767 rpm
Density
0.00 32767.00
kg/m3
Fluid density.
Efficiency
0.00 100.00%
Efficiency.
0.00 32767.00
Calc low sp
032767 rpm
No
No reset.
Reset
80.29
80.30
80.31
80.32
80.33
81
FbEq
1 = 1 rpm
100 =
1 kg/m3
100 = 1%
100 = 1
1 = 1 rpm
81 Pump protection
81.01
Not used
Alarm
Fault
Detection of low inlet pressure trips the drive after the delay
defined by parameter 81.07 Inlet ctrl dly expires.
Parameters 289
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Protect
Measured inlet
pressure
81.07 Inlet ctrl dly
81.03 AI in low level
81.05 AI in very low
Time
Speed reference
Time
1
Time
1
Time
1
Time
81.02
81.03
AI measure inlet
Selects the analog input (or signal source) for pump inlet
pressure measurement.
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2 scaled
1073742343
AI3 scaled
1073742345
AI4 scaled
1073742347
AI5 scaled
1073742349
Pointer
AI in low level
0.00 32767.00
bar
Pressure limit.
100 = 1 bar
290 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
81.04
Not sel
Fault
Stop
AI in very low
0.00 32767.00
bar
Pressure limit.
DI status inlet
Not used
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
81.05
81.06
Pointer
81.07
81.08
81.09
0600 s
Delay.
Speed reference.
Not used
FbEq
100 = 1 bar
1=1s
10 = 1 rpm
Parameters 291
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Alarm
Fault
Protect
Measured outlet
pressure
81.15 Outlet ctr dly
81.13 AI out very high
81.11 AI out hi level
Time
Speed reference
81.17 Protect dec time
Time
1
Time
1
Time
1
Time
81.10
AI meas outlet
Selects the analog input (or signal source) for pump outlet
pressure measurement.
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2 scaled
1073742343
AI3 scaled
1073742345
AI4 scaled
1073742347
AI5 scaled
1073742349
Pointer
292 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
81.11
AI out hi level
0.00 32767.00
bar
Pressure limit.
Not sel
Fault
Stop
0.00 32767.00
bar
Pressure limit.
DI status outlet
Not used
1074070017
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
81.12
81.13
81.14
Pointer
81.15
81.16
81.17
81.18
FbEq
100 = 1 bar
100 = 1 bar
0600 s
Delay.
Speed reference.
018000 s
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2 scaled
1073742343
1=1s
10 = 1 rpm
1=1s
Parameters 293
No.
81.19
81.20
81.21
81.22
81.23
81.24
81.25
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
AI3 scaled
1073742345
AI4 scaled
1073742347
AI5 scaled
1073742349
Flow act
1073743109
Pointer
Not sel
Alarm
Fault
0.00 32767.00
m3/h
Maximum flow.
Not sel
Alarm
Fault
0.00 32767.00
m3/h
Minimum flow.
012600 s
012600 s
Not used
PID error
PID out
100 = 1 m3/h
100 = 1 m3/h
1=1s
1=1s
294 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
81.26
Prof limit
0.00 32767.00 %
Supervision limit.
0.00 35791394.11
h
Delay.
Pipefill enable
Not used
Active
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
81.27
81.28
Pointer
81.29
81.30
81.31
Pipefill step
Defines the speed step used for the Pipefill function, as well
as the pump speed reference immediately after the Pipefill
function is activated.
The speed step is added to the reference after the time
defined by parameter 81.31 Act change delay has elapsed
and the change in process actual value defined by
parameter 81.30 Req act change has not been reached.
The PID controller reference ramp time is specified by
parameter 27.32 Pipefill ref acc.
032767 rpm
0.00 100.00%
Requested change.
Defines the time that is waited after the process actual value
is compared to the previous actual value.
If parameter 81.30 Req act change is measured in the actual
value, the speed reference stays as it is. If 81.30 Req act
change is not seen in the actual value, the value of
parameter 81.29 Pipefill step is added to the speed
reference.
0100 s
FbEq
100 = 1%
100 = 1 h
1 = 1 rpm
100 = 1%
1=1s
Parameters 295
No.
Name/Value
Description
81.32
0.00 100.00%
012600 s
Pipefill timeout
012600 s
Alarm
Fault
Activate PID
81.33
81.34
81.35
FbEq
100 = 1%
1=1s
1=1s
296 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
82
FbEq
82 Pump cleaning
82.01
82.05
82.04
Forward
82.02
Time
82.03
82.16
82.17
Reverse
82.06
82.07
82.08
1
Parameters 297
No.
Name/Value
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
82.02
82.03
82.04
82.05
82.06
82.07
82.08
Description
FbEq
Name
Function
0 = No: Cleaning sequence disabled.
Enabled
1 = Yes: Cleaning sequence enabled.
0 = No: Cleaning sequence not allowed when the drive is master.
Master enb
1 = Yes: Cleaning sequence allowed when the drive is master.
0 = No: Cleaning sequence not allowed when the drive is a follower.
Follower enb
1 = Yes: Cleaning sequence allowed when the drive is a follower.
1 = Enable: Cleaning sequence starts periodically at intervals defined by
Time trig
parameter 82.07 Time trig.
1 = Enable: Cleaning sequence is started whenever the signal selected by
Supervision parameter 82.09 Supervis source exceeds the value of parameter 82.10
Supervis limit.
At start
1 = Enable: Cleaning sequence performed on every start command.
1 = Enable: Cleaning sequence is performed when the signal selected by
Trig ptr
parameter 82.12 Trig pointer changes to 1.
1 = Enable: Cleaning sequence reference is inverted. The first step is in the
Neg direction
reverse direction, the second step in the forward direction.
1 = Enable: Cleaning sequence is started when the underload limit defined
Underload
by parameter 34.02 Underload func is exceeded.
1 = Enable: Cleaning sequence is started when the underload limit defined
Overload
by parameter 34.01 Overload func is exceeded.
First Step
0.0 100.0%
Second Step
0.0 100.0%
Off time
01000 s
01000 s
Duration of the first step and the rest of the steps which are
run in the same direction.
01000 s
Duration of the second step and the rest of the steps which
are run in the same direction.
Time trig
0.00 35791394.11
h
Nbr of steps
02147483647
Number of steps.
10 = 1%
10 = 1%
1=1s
1=1s
1=1s
1 = 1 min
1=1
298 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
82.09
Supervis source
Current A
1073742084
Current %
1073742085
Motor torque
1073742086
Pointer
Supervis limit
0.0 32767.0
Cleaning delay
0600 s
Trig pointer
Not used
No input selected.
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
Const
82.10
82.11
82.12
Pointer
82.13
82.14
82.15
82.16
FbEq
10 = 1
1=1s
Not sel
No action taken.
Alarm
Fault
030
0.00 35791394.11
h
032767 s
1=1
100 = 1 h
1=1s
Parameters 299
No.
Name/Value
Description
82.17
032767 s
83
FbEq
1=1s
83 Energy monitoring
83.01
Not used
Limits
Previous
Average
Mon period
0.00 35791394.11
h
kWh limit
02147483647
kWh
Energy limit.
Mon tolerance
02147483647
kWh
Tolerance.
Not sel
No action taken.
Alarm
Energy reset
No
Period
Month
Defines the action that is taken if the date has not been set.
Not sel
No action taken.
Alarm
83.02
83.03
83.04
83.05
83.06
83.07
1 = 1 min
1 = 1 kWh
1 = 1 kWh
300 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
94
Description
FbEq
94 Ext IO conf
94.01
None
FIO-01
FIO-11
FIO-21
FIO-31
95
95 Hw configuration
95.01
Ctrl boardSupply
Internal 24V
The drive control unit is powered from the drive power unit it
is mounted on. This is the default setting.
External 24V
055 C
95.03
97
1 = 1 C
Motor values supplied by the user that are used in the motor
model.
97.01
NoUserPars
UserMotPars
UserPosOffs
Reserved.
AllUserPars
Reserved.
Rs user
0.00000 0.50000
p.u.
Rr user
0.00000 0.50000
p.u.
97.02
97.03
100000 =
1 p.u.
100000 =
1 p.u.
Parameters 301
No.
Name/Value
Description
97.04
Lm user
0.00000
10.00000 p.u.
97.05
97.06
97.07
97.08
97.09
97.10
97.11
97.12
97.13
97.14
SigmaL user
Ld user
0.00000
10.00000 p.u
Lq user
0.00000
10.00000 p.u
Pm flux user
0.00000 2.00000
p.u
Rs user SI
0.00000
100.00000 ohm
Stator resistance.
Rr user SI
0.00000
100.00000 ohm
Rotor resistance.
Lm user SI
0.00 100000.00
mH
Main inductance.
100000 =
1 p.u.
100000 = 1
p.u.
100000 = 1
p.u.
100000 = 1
p.u.
100000 =
1 ohm
100000 =
1 ohm
100 = 1 mH
0.00 100000.00
mH
Leakage inductance.
Ld user SI
0.00 100000.00
mH
Lq user SI
0.00 100000.00
mH
99
100000 =
1 p.u.
0.00000 1.00000
p.u.
SigL user SI
FbEq
100 = 1 mH
100 = 1 mH
100 = 1 mH
99 Start-up data
99.01
Language
English
English.
0809
Deutsch
German.
0407
Italiano
Italian.
0410
Espanol
Spanish.
040A
Nederlands
Dutch.
0413
Francais
French.
040C
Dansk
Danish.
0406
Svenska
Swedish.
041D
302 Parameters
No.
99.04
99.05
99.06
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Russki
Russian.
0419
Polski
Polish.
0415
Turkce
Turkish.
041F
Magyar
Hungarian.
040E
Chinese
Chinese.
0804
Motor type
AM
SynRM
DTC
Scalar
0.0 6400.0 A
Parameters 303
No.
Name/Value
Description
99.07
Defines the nominal motor voltage as fundamental phase-tophase rms voltage supplied to the motor at the nominal
operating point. This setting must match the value on the
rating plate of the motor.
Notes:
The stress on the motor insulation is always dependent
on the drive supply voltage. This also applies to the case
where the motor voltage rating is lower than that of the
drive and the supply.
This parameter cannot be changed while the drive is
running.
1/6 2 UN
5.0 500.0 Hz
0 30000 rpm
0.00 10000.00
kW
0.00 1.00
0 2147483.647
Nm
99.08
99.09
99.10
99.11
99.12
FbEq
10 = 1 V
10 = 1 Hz
1 = 1 rpm
100 = 1 kW
100 = 1
1000 = 1 Nm
304 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
99.13
IDrun mode
No
Normal
Parameters 305
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Reduced
Standstill
Reserved.
Advanced
Adv standst.
306 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
99.16
Phase inversion
No
Normal.
Yes
7
Additional parameter data
What this chapter contains
This chapter lists the parameters with some additional data. For parameter
descriptions, see chapter Parameters on page 115.
Definition
Actual signal
Bit pointer
Bit pointer. A bit pointer can point to a single bit in the value of another
parameter, or be fixed to 0 (C.FALSE) or 1 (C.TRUE).
enum
FbEq
Fieldbus equivalent: The scaling between the value shown on the panel
and the integer used in serial communication.
INT32
No.
Parameter number.
Pb
Packed boolean.
REAL
REAL24
= fractional value
= fractional value
Type
Data type. See enum, INT32, Bit pointer, Val pointer, Pb, REAL, REAL24,
UINT32.
UINT32
Val pointer
Fieldbus addresses
Refer to the Users Manual of the fieldbus adapter.
1629
815
07
Name
Source type
Not in use
Group
Index
Value
1255
1255
Value pointer is
connected to
parameter
Group of source
parameter
Index of source
parameter
Description
For example, the value that should be written into parameter 33.02 Superv1 act to
change its value to 01.07 Dc-voltage is
0100 0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 0000 0111 = 1073742087 (32-bit integer).
When a value pointer parameter is connected to an application program, the format is
as follows:
Bit
3031
2429
023
Name
Source type
Not in use
Address
Value
0 224-1
Value pointer is
connected to
application program.
Relative address of
application program
variable
Description
129
Name
Source type
Not in use
Value
Value
01
0 = False, 1 = True
Description
When a bit pointer parameter is connected to a bit value of another parameter, the
format is as follows:
Bit
3031
2429
1623
815
07
Name
Source type
Not in use
Bit sel
Group
Index
Value
031
2255
1255
Bit pointer is
connected to
signal bit
value.
Bit selection
Group of
source
parameter
Index of
source
parameter
Description
2429
023
Name
Source type
Bit sel
Address
Value
031
0 224-1
Bit selection
Relative address of
application program
variable
Description
Note: Bit pointer parameters connected to an application program are read-only via
fieldbus.
Parameter groups 19
Update
time
Type
Data
length
Range
Unit
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL24
REAL
REAL
REAL
UINT32
REAL
32
32
32
32
16
16
32
32
16
16
16
16
16
32
-3000030000
-10001000
-3000030000
030000
01000
-16001600
02000
-3000030000
-40160
-10250
-10250
01000
0100
-3276832768
250 s
2 ms
2 ms
10 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
REAL
32
-3276832768
INT32
INT32
32
32
INT32
INT32
INT32
INT32
INT32
REAL
REAL24
REAL24
REAL24
INT32
INT32
INT32
REAL24
REAL
REAL
REAL
INT32
32
32
32
32
16
32
16
16
16
32
32
32
16
16
32
16
32
02147483647
-2147483647
2147483647
035791394.1
035791394.1
035791394.1
02147483.647
01000
032767
-40160
-40160
-40160
02147483647
021474836.47
0214748364.7
-40160
01000
-3000030000
-16001600
02147483647
rpm
%
Hz
A
%
%
V
rpm
%
C
C
V
%
kW or
hp
kW or
hp
kWh
kWh
h
h
h
Nm
s
%
%
%
kWh
t
C
V
rpm
%
-
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
2 ms
10 ms
2 ms
2 ms
10 ms
Pb
Pb
Pb
16
16
16
02.04 AI1
REAL
16
REAL
REAL
32
16
REAL
REAL
REAL
32
16
32
No.
Name
01 Actual values
01.01 Motor speed rpm
01.02 Motor speed %
01.03 Output frequency
01.04 Motor current
01.05 Motor current %
01.06 Motor torque
01.07 Dc-voltage
01.14 Motor speed est
01.15 Temp inverter
01.17 Motor temp1
01.18 Motor temp2
01.19 Used supply volt
01.21 Cpu usage
01.22 Power inu out
0b0000000b111111
0b000000b11111
0b0000000000
0b1111111111
-1111 V or
V or mA
-2222 mA
-3276832768
-1111 V or
V or mA
-2222 mA
-3276832768
-2222
mA
-3276832768
-
2 ms
10 ms
10 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
Notes
Range
Unit
-2222
-3276832768
-2222
-3276832768
0 22.7
0 22.7
0 22.7
0 22.7
-3276832768
032767
0x00000000
0xFFFFFFFF
0x00000000
0xFFFFFFFF
-2147483647
2147483647
-2147483647
2147483647
-3276832768
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
Hz
-
Update
time
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
250 s
250 s
500 s
500 s
500 s
500 s
rpm or
%
-
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
%
%
-
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
-3000030000
-3000030000
-3000030000
-3000030000
-16001600
-16001600
-16001600
-16001600
0200
030000
-300000
rpm
rpm
rpm
rpm
%
%
%
%
%
rpm
rpm
250 s
250 s
250 s
250 s
250 s
250 s
250 s
250 s
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
032768
032768
-3276832768
-3276832768
-3276832768
-3276832768
%
%
-
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
10 ms
10 ms
No.
Name
Type
02.10
02.11
02.12
02.13
02.16
02.17
02.18
02.19
02.20
02.21
02.22
AI4
AI4 scaled
AI5
AI5 scaled
AO1
AO2
AO3
AO4
Freq in
Freq out
FBA main cw
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
Pb
Data
length
16
32
16
32
16
16
16
16
32
32
32
Pb
32
INT32
32
INT32
32
REAL
32
Pb
32
Pb
32
INT32
32
INT32
32
REAL
REAL
Pb
16
16
32
REAL
REAL
32
32
0x00000000
0xFFFFFFFF
0x00000000
0xFFFFFFFF
-2147483647
2147483647
-2147483647
2147483647
0 32768
0 32768
0x00000000
0xFFFFFFFF
032767
032767
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL24
REAL
REAL
32
32
32
32
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
32
32
32
32
16
16
Notes
REAL
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
UINT32
INT32
INT32
INT32
INT32
INT32
INT32
INT32
INT32
INT32
Data
length
16
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
16
32
32
16
32
16
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
UINT32
Pb
16
16
05.03
05.04
05.05
05.06
05.07
05.08
05.09
05.10
05.20
05.21
05.22
05.23
05.24
05.25
05.26
05.27
05.28
05.29
05.30
05.31
05.32
05.33
05.34
05.35
UINT32
INT32
REAL
REAL
REAL
UINT32
REAL
REAL
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
16
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
No.
Name
Trad master
Nbr aux pumps on
Flow act
Flow by head
Flow by power
Total flow
Bypass ref
Speed ref
kWh current read
kWh prev read
kWh posprev read
kWh cur mon read
kWh January
kWh February
kWh March
kWh April
kWh May
kWh June
kWh July
kWh August
kWh September
kWh October
kWh November
kWh December
Type
Range
Unit
-3276832768
02147483647
02147483647
02147483647
02147483647
02147483647
02147483647
032768
032768
0100
032768
032768
0100
-3276832768
08
035791394.1
035791394.1
035791394.1
035791394.1
035791394.1
035791394.1
035791394.1
035791394.1
035791394.1
s
s
%
%
%
%
%
%
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
Update
time
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
03
0b00000000
0b11111111
08
065535
032767
032767
032767
02147483647
-3276832768
-3276832767
02147483647
02147483647
02147483647
02147483647
02147483647
02147483647
02147483647
02147483647
02147483647
02147483647
02147483647
02147483647
02147483647
02147483647
02147483647
02147483647
2 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
m3/h
m3/h
m3/h
m3
rpm
rpm
kWh
kWh
kWh
kWh
kWh
kWh
kWh
kWh
kWh
kWh
kWh
kWh
kWh
kWh
kWh
kWh
Notes
Range
Unit
08
0...1092.3
08
0b00000000...
0b11111111
h
-
Update
time
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
011
0b0000b111
0b000000b11111
0b0000000b111111
0b0000000b111111
0x00000000
0xFFFFFFFF
0x00000000
0xFFFFFFFF
0x00000000
0xFFFFFFFF
2 ms
2 ms
250 s
250 s
250 s
2 ms
2 ms
10 ms
10 ms
2 ms
2 ms
10 ms
2 ms
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
Pb
Data
length
16
32
16
16
Pb
Pb
Pb
Pb
Pb
enum
Pb
Pb
Pb
Pb
Pb
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Pb
16
Pb
16
enum
enum
INT32
INT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
Pb
Pb
16
16
32
32
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
065535
02147483647
-231231 - 1
00:00:00 24:00:00
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000000
0xFFFFFFFF
(date)
(time)
-
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
INT32
INT32
Pb
Pb
Pb
Pb
INT32
INT32
INT32
INT32
16
16
16
16
16
32
16
16
16
16
065535
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
025
025
No.
05.36
05.37
05.39
05.48
Name
First in order
Time autochg
Next start node
Ramp status
06 Drive status
06.01 Status word1
06.02 Status word2
06.03 Speed ctrl stat
06.05 Limit word1
06.07 Torq lim status
06.12 Op mode ack
06.13 Superv status
06.14 Timed func stat
06.15 Counter status
06.17 Bit inverted sw
06.20 Pump status word
Type
Notes
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default (Factory
def macro)
enum
16
07
In1
Bit pointer
32
DI1
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
enum
16
07
In1
Bit pointer
32
DI1
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
Bit pointer
32
DI3
Bit pointer
32
C.TRUE
Bit pointer
32
C.TRUE
Bit pointer
32
C.TRUE
Bit pointer
32
C.TRUE
enum
16
01
Disabled
enum
16
01
Off3 stop
enum
16
02
Automatic
UINT32
16
010000
ms
500 ms
enum
16
12
Coast
REAL
16
01000
rpm
5.0 rpm
UINT32
16
0100
30%
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
Bit pointer
32
DI5
enum
16
12
PID
REAL
16
030
0.100 s
REAL
16
-2222 mA or -1111 V
mA or V
20.000 mA or
10.000 V
REAL
16
-2222 mA or -1111 V
mA or V
4.000 mA or
2.000 V
REAL
32
-3276832768
1500.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.000
REAL
16
030
0.100 s
REAL
16
-2222 mA or -1111 V
mA or V
20.000 mA or
10.000 V
REAL
16
-2222 mA or -1111 V
mA or V
4.000 mA or
2.000 V
REAL
32
-3276832768
100.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.000
REAL
16
030
0.100 s
No.
Name
10 Start/stop/dir
11 Start/stop mode
11.01 Start mode
11.02 Dc-magn time
11.06 Dc hold
12 Operating mode
13 Analogue inputs
Default (Factory
def macro)
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
REAL
16
-2222 mA or -1111 V
mA or V
22.000 mA or
10.000 V
REAL
16
-2222 mA or -1111 V
mA or V
4.000 mA or
2.000 V
REAL
32
-3276832768
1500.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.000
REAL
16
030
0.100 s
REAL
16
-2222 mA or -1111 V
mA or V
22.000 mA or
10.000 V
REAL
16
-2222 mA or -1111 V
mA or V
4.000 mA or
2.000 V
REAL
32
-3276832768
1500.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.000
REAL
16
030
0.100 s
REAL
16
-2222 mA or -1111 V
mA or V
22.000 mA or
10.000 V
REAL
16
-2222 mA or -1111 V
mA or V
4.000 mA or
2.000 V
REAL
32
-3276832768
1500.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.000
13.31 AI tune
enum
16
04
No action
enum
16
03
No
UINT32
32
0b00000b1111
0b0000
Pb
16
0b00000 0b11111
0b00000
enum
16
02
Output
Bit pointer
32
Ready
UINT32
16
03000
0.0 s
UINT32
16
03000
0.0 s
enum
16
02
Output
Bit pointer
32
Running
UINT32
16
03000
0.0 s
UINT32
16
03000
0.0 s
enum
16
01
Output
Bit pointer
32
Fault(-1)
enum
16
01
Output
Bit pointer
32
Ready relay
enum
16
01
Output
Bit pointer
32
Ref running
enum
16
01
Output
Bit pointer
32
Fault
Bit pointer
32
Ready
No.
Name
13.33 AI superv cw
14 Digital I/O
14.01 DI invert mask
14.02 DIO1 conf
14.03 DIO1 out src
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default (Factory
def macro)
UINT32
16
03000
0.0 s
UINT32
16
03000
0.0 s
Bit pointer
32
RunningRelay
Bit pointer
32
Fault(-1)
Bit pointer
32
Ready relay
Bit pointer
32
Ref running
REAL
16
332768
Hz
1000 Hz
REAL
16
332768
Hz
3 Hz
REAL
16
-3276832768
1500
REAL
16
-3276832768
Val pointer
32
P.01.01
REAL
16
032768
1500
REAL
16
032768
REAL
16
332768
Hz
1000 Hz
REAL
16
332768
Hz
3 Hz
Bit pointer
32
Ref running
Pb
16
0b0000000000
0b1111111111
0b0000000000
Val pointer
32
Current
REAL
16
030
0.100 s
REAL
16
0 22.7
mA
20.000 mA
REAL
16
0 22.7
mA
4.000 mA
REAL
32
-3276832768
100.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.000
Val pointer
32
Speed rpm
REAL
16
030
0.100 s
REAL
16
022.7
mA
20.000 mA
REAL
16
022.7
mA
4.000 mA
REAL
32
-3276832768
100.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.000
Val pointer
32
Frequency
REAL
16
030
0.100 s
REAL
16
0 22.7
mA
22.000 mA
REAL
16
0 22.7
mA
4.000 mA
REAL
32
-3276832768
50.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.000
UINT32
32
0b000b11
0b00
enum
16
04
No action
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
No.
Name
15.30 AO calibration
16 System
16.01 Local lock
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default (Factory
def macro)
enum
16
02
Open
INT32
32
02147483647
enum
16
02
Done
enum
16
01
Done
enum
32
110
No request
Pb
32
04294967295
N/A
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
enum
16
01
Done
enum
16
032
Full
enum
16
01
kW
enum
16
03
Normal
enum
16
06
Factory def
enum
16
02
Full
enum
32
01
No action
REAL
16
030000
rpm
1500 rpm
enum
16
Estimated
REAL
32
010000
ms
8.000 ms
REAL
32
030000
rpm
30.00 rpm
UINT32
16
030000
ms
0 ms
REAL
16
030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
32
010000
rpm
500.0 rpm
REAL
16
030000
rpm
100 rpm
REAL
32
030000
rpm
1500 rpm
REAL
32
-300000
rpm
0 rpm
Bit pointer
32
C.TRUE
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
REAL
32
030000
0.00 A
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
REAL
16
01600
300.0%
REAL
16
-16000
-300.0%
REAL
16
Max torque1
REAL
16
Min torque1
REAL
16
01600
300.0%
REAL
16
01600
300.0%
Val pointer
32
AI1 scaled
Val pointer
32
Zero
No.
Name
19 Speed calculation
20 Limits
21 Speed ref
Name
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default (Factory
def macro)
REAL
16
-88
1.000
REAL
16
030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
32
01800
5.000 s
REAL
32
01800
5.000 s
REAL
32
01000
0.100 s
REAL
32
01000
0.100 s
REAL
32
01000
0.100 s
REAL
32
01000
0.100 s
REAL
32
01800
3.000 s
REAL
16
0200
5.00
REAL
32
0600
0.500 s
REAL
16
010
0.000 s
REAL
16
01000
ms
8.0 ms
REAL
32
0600
0.00 s
REAL
16
01000
ms
8.0 ms
REAL
16
01000
ms
0.0 ms
Val pointer
32
Zero
REAL
16
-16001600
300.0%
REAL
16
-16001600
-300.0%
enum
16
02
Disabled
REAL
16
03000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
03000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
0100
0.00%
REAL
16
030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
010
1.000
REAL
16
010
1.000
enum
16
04
Done
REAL
16
02000
Hz
100.00 Hz
REAL
16
0200
0.5
enum
16
01
Disable
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
No.
23 Speed ctrl
25 Critical speed
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default (Factory
def macro)
Pb
16
0b000b11
0b00
Bit pointer
32
DI2
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
1200 rpm
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
Val pointer
32
Setpoint %
REAL
16
0100
1.00
REAL
16
0320
60.00 s
REAL
16
010
0.00 s
REAL
16
010
1.00 s
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
REAL
32
-3276832768
100.0
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.0
Bit pointer
32
No
Bit pointer
32
No
REAL
16
0100
5s
REAL
16
0100
5s
Val pointer
32
C.FALSE
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.0%
Val pointer
32
Speed scal
Bit pointer
32
Act val 1
Val pointer
32
AI2 scaled
Val pointer
32
Zero
enum
16
08
Act1
REAL
32
032768
100.00%
enum
32
032767
enum
16
03
Src/100
Bit pointer
32
Setpoint 1
Val pointer
32
Int set 1
Val pointer
32
Zero
No.
Name
26 Constant speeds
27 Process PID
27.01 PID setpoint sel
29 Setpoint sel
Name
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default (Factory
def macro)
REAL
32
032768
40.00%
REAL
32
032768
60.00%
REAL
16
0100
0.00%
REAL
16
0100
0.00%
REAL
16
0100
0.00%
REAL
16
0100
0.00%
REAL
16
0100
0.00%
REAL
16
0100
0.00%
REAL
16
0100
0.00%
Bit pointer
32
C.TRUE
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
enum
16
03
Fault
enum
16
01
Fault
enum
16
02
Fault
enum
16
01
Fault
enum
16
14
Fault
enum
16
01
Fault
Pb
16
0b0000b111
0b111
REAL
16
01600
200.0%
REAL
16
0.5 1000
Hz
15.0 Hz
UINT32
16
03600
20 s
enum
16
02
No
enum
16
012
Estimated
INT32
16
010000
90 C
INT32
16
010000
110 C
enum
16
02
No
enum
16
012
Estimated
INT32
16
010000
90 C
INT32
16
010000
110 C
INT32
16
-60100
20 C
INT32
16
50150
100%
INT32
16
50150
100%
INT32
16
0.01500
Hz
45.00 Hz
INT32
16
0300
80 C
INT32
16
10010000
256 s
Pb
16
0b0000000b111111
0b000000
UINT32
16
05
No.
30 Fault functions
30.01 External fault
32 Automatic reset
32.01 Autoreset sel
32.02 Number of trials
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default (Factory
def macro)
UINT32
16
1600
30.0 s
UINT32
16
0120
0.0 s
enum
16
04
Disabled
Val pointer
32
Speed rpm
33.03 Superv1 hi
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.00
33.04 Superv1 lo
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.00
enum
16
04
Disabled
Val pointer
32
Current
33.07 Superv2 hi
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.00
33.08 Superv2 lo
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.00
enum
16
04
Disabled
Val pointer
32
Torque
33.11 Superv3 hi
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.00
33.12 Superv3 lo
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.00
Bit pointer
32
DI1
Bit pointer
32
DI2
Bit pointer
32
DI3
Bit pointer
32
DI4
Bit pointer
32
DI5
Bit pointer
32
RO1
Pb
16
0b0000000b111111
0b000000
Pb
16
0b00000b1111
0b0000
REAL
16
1500
Hz
5 Hz
REAL
16
1500
Hz
25 Hz
REAL
16
1500
Hz
43 Hz
REAL
16
1500
Hz
50 Hz
REAL
16
1500
Hz
500 Hz
REAL
16
01600
10%
REAL
16
01600
15%
REAL
16
01600
25%
REAL
16
01600
30%
REAL
16
01600
30%
REAL
16
01600
300%
REAL
16
01600
300%
REAL
16
01600
300%
REAL
16
01600
300%
REAL
16
01600
300%
UINT32
16
010000
100 s
No.
Name
33 Supervision
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default (Factory
def macro)
UINT32
16
010000
20 s
UINT32
16
010000
10 s
Val pointer
32
Speed %
REAL
32
-3276832768
300.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
-300.000
enum
16
05
enum
16
098
REAL
32
-3276832768
300.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
-300.000
Val pointer
32
Current %
REAL
32
-3276832768
300.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
-300.000
enum
16
05
enum
16
098
REAL
32
-3276832768
300.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
-300.000
Val pointer
32
Torque
REAL
32
-3276832768
300.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
-300.000
enum
16
05
enum
16
098
REAL
32
-3276832768
300.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
-300.000
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
Pb
16
0b00000b1111
0b0000
UINT32
32
00:00:00 24:00:00
(time)
00:00:00
UINT32
32
00:00:00 24:00:00
(time)
00:00:00
enum
16
17
Monday
enum
16
17
Monday
UINT32
32
00:00:00 24:00:00
(time)
00:00:00
UINT32
32
00:00:00 24:00:00
(time)
00:00:00
enum
16
17
Monday
enum
16
17
Monday
UINT32
32
00:00:00 24:00:00
(time)
00:00:00
UINT32
32
00:00:00 24:00:00
(time)
00:00:00
enum
16
17
Monday
enum
16
17
Monday
UINT32
32
00:00:00 24:00:00
(time)
00:00:00
No.
Name
35 Process variable
35.01 Signal1 param
36 Timed functions
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default (Factory
def macro)
UINT32
32
00:00:00 24:00:00
(time)
00:00:00
enum
16
17
Monday
enum
16
17
Monday
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
UINT32
32
00:00:00 24:00:00
(time)
00:00:00
Pb
16
0b000000b11111
0b00000
Pb
16
0b000000b11111
0b00000
Pb
16
0b000000b11111
0b00000
Pb
16
0b000000b11111
0b00000
REAL
16
0200
100%
enum
16
02
Linear
REAL
16
1500
10%
REAL
16
1500
30%
REAL
16
1500
50%
REAL
16
1500
70%
REAL
16
1500
90%
REAL
16
0200
20%
REAL
16
0200
40%
REAL
16
0200
60%
REAL
16
0200
80%
REAL
16
0200
100%
Val pointer
32
P.38.01
enum
16
03
Default
40.02 Sf ref
REAL24
32
1.08.0
kHz
3.0 kHz
REAL24
32
0200
100%
REAL24
32
-450
-2%
40.07 IR-compensation
REAL24
32
050
0.00%
enum
16
02
Disabled
enum
16
01
Disabled
Pb
16
0b000b11
0b01
Bit pointer
32
Running
UINT32
32
02147483647
36000000 s
enum
16
05
Mot bearing
Pb
16
0b000b11
0b01
Bit pointer
32
Charged
UINT32
32
02147483647
15768000 s
enum
16
05
Device clean
No.
Name
38 Flux ref
40 Motor control
40.01 Motor noise
44 Maintenance
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default (Factory
def macro)
Pb
16
0b000b11
0b01
Bit pointer
32
Charged
UINT32
32
02147483647
5000
UINT32
32
02147483647
enum
16
05
Dc-charge
Pb
16
0b000b11
0b01
Bit pointer
32
RO1
UINT32
32
02147483647
10000
UINT32
32
02147483647
enum
16
05
Output relay
Pb
16
0b000b11
0b01
Val pointer
32
Speed rpm
UINT32
32
02147483647
13140000
UINT32
32
02147483647
6000
enum
16
01
Mot bearing
Pb
16
0b000b11
0b01
Val pointer
32
Speed rpm
UINT32
32
02147483647
6570000
UINT32
32
02147483647
6000
enum
16
01
Value2
UINT32
32
035791394.1
0.00 h
UINT32
32
035791394.1
0.00 h
enum
16
15
Device clean
UINT32
32
02147483647
kWh
0 kWh
enum
16
15
Device clean
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
enum
16
01
Enable
UINT32
32
021474836.47
0.65 GBP
enum
16
02
Local
REAL
16
010
0.5
REAL
16
01000
100.0%
enum
16
01
Done
enum
16
01
Enable
enum
16
01
Enable
enum
16
01
Enable
REAL
16
01000
400.0 V
UINT32
16
-3276832767
No.
Name
47 Voltage ctrl
49 Data storage
49.01 Data storage1
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default (Factory
def macro)
UINT32
16
-3276832767
UINT32
16
-3276832767
UINT32
16
-3276832767
UINT32
32
-2147483647 2147483647
UINT32
32
-2147483647 2147483647
UINT32
32
-2147483647 2147483647
UINT32
32
-2147483647 2147483647
enum
16
01
Disable
enum
16
03
No
UINT32
16
0.36553.5
0.3 s
enum
16
02
Speed
enum
16
02
Speed
Val pointer
32
P.01.01
Val pointer
32
P.01.06
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
enum
16
02
Low
Val pointer
32
P.02.22
Pb
16
0b0000b111
0b001
Pb
16
0b000b11
0b11
UINT32
16
065535
UINT32
16
065535
UINT32
16
065535
enum
16
01
Done
UINT32
16
0x00000xFFFF
UINT32
16
065535
UINT32
16
065535
enum
16
06
Idle
UINT32
16
0x00000xFFFF
UINT32
16
0x00000xFFFF
UINT32
16
09999
UINT32
16
09999
No.
Name
50 Fieldbus
51 FBA settings
52 FBA data in
52.01 FBA data in1
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default (Factory
def macro)
UINT32
16
09999
UINT32
16
09999
UINT32
32
P.01.40
UINT32
32
P.01.04
UINT32
32
P.01.41
INT32
-13
Normal
INT32
-13
Normal
INT32
-13
Normal
UINT32
01
rpm
No.
Name
REAL
32
010000
ms
250.0 ms
REAL
32
010000
ms
100.0 ms
UINT32
32
01
Disabled
UINT32
32
0247
UINT32
32
06
9600
58.05 Parity
UINT32
32
03
8 none 1
UINT32
32
03
ABB Enhanced
UINT32
32
060000
ms
600
UINT32
32
02
None
UINT32
32
03
None
UINT32
32
01
Done
Pb
16
165535
100
enum
16
01
Low
Pb
16
0x00000xFFFF
0x0000
UINT32
32
065535
UINT32
32
065535
UINT16
16
065535
UINT16
16
065535
UINT16
16
065535
Pb
16
0x00000xFFFF
0x0000
Pb
16
0x00000xFFFF
0x0000
Pb
16
0x00000xFFFF
0x0000
Pb
16
0x00000xFFFF
0x0000
Pb
16
0x00000xFFFF
0x0000
Pb
16
0x00000xFFFF
0x0000
Pb
16
0x00000xFFFF
0x0000
Pb
16
0x00000xFFFF
0x0000
58 Embedded Modbus
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default (Factory
def macro)
UINT16
16
065535
ms
UINT16
16
01
Yes
UINT32
32
01
LSW MSW
UINT16
16
09999
UINT16
16
09999
Val pointer
32
Power inu
REAL
16
0120
2.00 s
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
64.04 AL signal
Val pointer
32
Power motor
REAL
32
032768
100.00
REAL
32
-3276832768
UINT32
32
01.01.80
UINT32
32
00:00:0023:59:59
REAL
32
-3276832768
REAL
32
02000
REAL
32
-3276832768
rpm
UINT32
32
01.01.80
UINT32
32
00:00:0023:59:59
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
No.
Name
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default (Factory
def macro)
enum
16
03
Off
UINT32
16
08
enum
16
02
Master speed
REAL
16
032767
rpm
1300 rpm
UINT32
32
032767
rpm
1300 rpm
UINT32
32
032767
rpm
1300 rpm
UINT32
32
032767
rpm
1300 rpm
UINT32
32
032767
rpm
1300 rpm
UINT32
32
032767
rpm
1300 rpm
UINT32
32
032767
rpm
1300 rpm
UINT32
32
032767
rpm
1300 rpm
UINT32
32
032767
rpm
800 rpm
UINT32
32
032767
rpm
800 rpm
UINT32
32
032767
rpm
800 rpm
UINT32
32
032767
rpm
800 rpm
UINT32
32
032767
rpm
800 rpm
UINT32
32
032767
rpm
800 rpm
UINT32
32
032767
rpm
800 rpm
UINT32
16
012600
10 s
UINT32
16
012600
10 s
UINT32
16
0100
0s
UINT32
16
0100
0s
UINT32
16
08
UINT32
16
08
UINT32
16
0600
0s
UINT32
32
01800
1s
UINT32
32
01800
1s
Pb
16
0b000b11
0b00
REAL
32
0.0001800.000
1.000 s
REAL
32
0.0001800.000
1.000 s
Bit pointer
32
Speed
REAL
16
0.030000.0
rpm
700.0 rpm
REAL
32
0.0001800.000
3.000 s
REAL
32
0.0001800.000
3.000 s
Bit pointer
32
Speed
REAL
16
0.030000.0
rpm
1200.0 rpm
enum
16
01
No
UINT32
16
08
No.
Name
75 Pump logic
75.01 Operation mode
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default (Factory
def macro)
Bit pointer
32
Yes
Bit pointer
32
Choice 1
UINT32
16
14
UINT32
16
14
enum
16
02
Const speed
UINT32
16
03600
2s
UINT32
16
01
Optimal
UINT32
16
01
Stable
UINT32
16
01
No
Bit pointer
16
No
Val pointer
32
AI1 scaled
Val pointer
32
AI2 scaled
UINT32
16
03
Alarm
UINT32
16
03600
10 s
enum
16
04
Internal
Val pointer
32
Speed %
REAL
32
-3276832767
20.00
UINT32
16
012600
60 s
Bit pointer
32
Not used
REAL
16
032767
0.00%
UINT32
16
0100
0s
enum
16
03
Val pointer
32
Proc act
REAL
32
-3276832767
90.00
UINT32
16
0100
10 s
enum
16
03
No
enum
16
01
All
enum
16
01
Not used
UINT32
32
032767
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
32
01092.3
0.02 h
Bit pointer
32
Not used
Bit pointer
32
Not used
Bit pointer
32
Not used
Bit pointer
32
Not used
Bit pointer
32
Not used
Bit pointer
32
Not used
Bit pointer
32
Not used
Bit pointer
32
Not used
No.
Name
77 Pump sleep
77.01 Sleep mode sel
78 Pump autochange
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default (Factory
def macro)
enum
16
011
No
UINT32
32
02147483647
0h
enum
16
02
Off
enum
16
01
Common stop
REAL
16
032767
0.00%
Bit pointer
32
Not used
REAL
16
20.00%
REAL
16
40.00%
REAL
16
50.00%
REAL
16
60.00%
REAL
16
65.00%
REAL
16
70.00%
REAL
16
75.00%
REAL
16
80.00%
REAL
16
85.00%
REAL
16
90.00%
Bit pointer
32
Not used
UINT32
16
03600
5s
REAL
16
010
0.0%
REAL
16
032767
rpm
1300 rpm
REAL
16
032767
rpm
1500 rpm
enum
16
03
Not used
Val pointer
32
Zero
Val pointer
32
Zero
80.04 HQ curve Q1
REAL
16
032767
m3/h
0.00 m3/h
80.05 HQ curve H1
REAL
16
032767
0.00 m
No.
Name
80 Flow calculation
80.01 Flow calc mode
80.06 HQ curve Q2
REAL
16
032767
m /h
0.00 m3/h
80.07 HQ curve H2
REAL
16
032767
0.00 m
80.08 HQ curve Q3
REAL
16
032767
m /h
0.00 m3/h
80.09 HQ curve H3
REAL
16
032767
0.00 m
80.10 HQ curve Q4
REAL
16
032767
m /h
0.00 m3/h
80.11 HQ curve H4
REAL
16
032767
0.00 m
80.12 HQ curve Q5
REAL
16
032767
m /h
0.00 m3/h
80.13 HQ curve H5
REAL
16
032767
0.00 m
80.14 PQ curve P1
REAL
16
032767
kW
0.00 kW
0.00 m3/h
80.15 PQ curve Q1
REAL
16
032767
m3/h
80.16 PQ curve P2
REAL
16
032767
kW
0.00 kW
80.17 PQ curve Q2
REAL
16
032767
m3/h
0.00 m3/h
Name
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default (Factory
def macro)
80.18 PQ curve P3
REAL
16
032767
kW
0.00 kW
No.
80.19 PQ curve Q3
REAL
16
032767
80.20 PQ curve P4
REAL
16
032767
m3
/h
kW
m3
0.00 m3/h
0.00 kW
0.00 m3/h
80.21 PQ curve Q4
REAL
16
032767
80.22 PQ curve P5
REAL
16
032767
kW
0.00 kW
80.23 PQ curve Q5
REAL
16
032767
m3/h
0.00 m3/h
REAL
16
032767
0.00 m
REAL
16
032767
0.00 m
REAL
16
032767
0.00 m
REAL
16
032767
0.00 m
REAL
16
032767
rpm
1500 rpm
1000.00 kg/m3
/h
80.29 Density
REAL
16
032767
kg/m3
80.30 Efficiency
REAL
16
0100
100.00%
REAL
16
032767
1.00
REAL
16
032767
rpm
0 rpm
enum
16
01
No
enum
16
03
Not used
Val pointer
32
AI1 scaled
REAL
16
032767
bar
0.00 bar
enum
16
03
Not sel
REAL
16
032767
bar
0.00 bar
Bit pointer
32
Not used
UINT32
16
0600
0s
REAL
16
032767
rpm
0.0 rpm
enum
16
03
Not used
Val pointer
32
AI1 scaled
REAL
16
032767
bar
0.00 bar
enum
16
03
Not sel
REAL
16
032767
bar
0.00 bar
Bit pointer
32
Not used
UINT32
16
0600
0s
REAL
16
032767
rpm
0.0 rpm
UINT32
32
018000
0s
Val pointer
32
Flow act
enum
16
02
Not sel
m /h
0.00 m3/h
81 Pump protection
81.01 Inlet prot ctrl
81.02 AI measure inlet
REAL
16
032767
enum
16
02
Not sel
REAL
16
032767
m /h
0.00 m3/h
UINT32
16
012600
0s
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default (Factory
def macro)
UINT32
16
012600
0s
enum
16
02
Not used
REAL
16
032767
0.00%
INT32
32
035791394.1
0.00 h
Bit pointer
32
Not used
UINT32
16
032767
rpm
50 rpm
REAL
16
0100
0.00%
UINT32
16
0100
3s
REAL
16
0100
10.00%
UINT32
16
012600
1s
UINT32
16
012600
1200 s
enum
16
02
Activate PID
Pb
16
0b0000000000
0b1111111111
0b0000100000
REAL
16
0100
100.0%
REAL
16
0100
80.0%
UINT32
16
01000
5s
UINT32
16
01000
10 s
UINT32
16
01000
0s
INT32
32
035791394.1
24.00 h
UINT32
32
02147483647
Val pointer
32
Current %
REAL
16
032767
105.0
UINT32
16
0600
10 s
Bit pointer
16
Not used
enum
16
02
Alarm
UINT32
32
030
INT32
32
035791394.1
1.00 h
UINT32
32
032767
1s
UINT32
32
032767
1s
enum
16
03
Not used
INT32
32
035791394.1
0.00 h
UINT32
32
02147483647
kWh
0 kWh
UINT32
32
02147483647
kWh
0 kWh
enum
16
01
Not sel
enum
16
02
No
enum
16
01
Not sel
Val pointer
32
04
None
No.
Name
83 Energy monitoring
94 Ext IO conf
94.01 Ext IO1 sel
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default (Factory
def macro)
enum
16
01
Internal 24V
INT32
16
055
40 C
enum
16
01
NoUserPars
97.02 Rs user
REAL24
32
00.5
p.u.
0.00000 p.u.
97.03 Rr user
REAL24
32
00.5
p.u.
0.00000 p.u.
97.04 Lm user
REAL24
32
010
p.u.
0.00000 p.u.
REAL24
32
01
p.u.
0.00000 p.u.
97.06 Ld user
REAL24
32
010
p.u.
0.00000 p.u.
97.07 Lq user
REAL24
32
010
p.u.
0.00000 p.u.
REAL24
32
02
p.u.
0.00000 p.u.
97.09 Rs user SI
REAL24
32
0100
ohm
0.00000 Ohm
97.10 Rr user SI
REAL24
32
0100
ohm
0.00000 Ohm
97.11 Lm user SI
REAL24
32
0100000
mH
0.00 mH
REAL24
32
0100000
mH
0.00 mH
97.13 Ld user SI
REAL24
32
0100000
mH
0.00 mH
97.14 Lq user SI
REAL24
32
0100000
mH
0.00 mH
99.01 Language
enum
16
English
enum
16
AM
enum
16
01
DTC
REAL
32
06400
0.0 A
REAL
32
1/6 2 UN
0.0 V
REAL
32
5500
Hz
0.0 Hz
REAL
32
030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
32
010000
kW or hp
0.00 kW
REAL24
32
01
0.00
INT32
32
02147483.647
Nm
0.000 Nm
enum
16
07
No
UINT32
32
01
No
No.
Name
95 Hw configuration
99 Start-up data
8
Fault tracing
What this chapter contains
The chapter lists the alarm (warning) and fault messages including possible causes
and corrective actions.
The alarm/fault code is displayed on the control panel of the drive, as well as the
DriveStudio PC tool. An alarm or a fault message indicates abnormal drive status.
Most alarm and fault causes can be identified and corrected using the information in
this chapter. If not, an ABB representative should be contacted.
In this chapter, the alarms and faults are sorted by the four-digit code. The
hexadecimal code in brackets that follows the alarm/fault message is for fieldbus
communication.
Safety
WARNING! Only qualified electricians are allowed to maintain the drive. The
Safety Instructions on the first pages of the appropriate hardware manual
must be read before you start working with the drive.
How to reset
The drive can be reset either by pressing the RESET key on the control panel or PC
tool, or by switching the supply voltage off for a while. When the fault has been
removed, the motor can be restarted.
A fault can also be reset from an external source selected by parameter 10.10 Fault
reset sel.
Fault history
When a fault is detected, it is stored in the fault logger with a time stamp. The fault
history stores information on the 16 latest faults of the drive. Three of the latest faults
are stored at the beginning of a power switch-off.
Parameters 08.01 Active fault and 08.02 Last fault store the fault codes of the most
recent faults. Selected active faults are shown by 08.20 Pump fault word.
Alarms can be monitored via alarm words 08.05 Alarm logger1 08.18 Alarm word4
and 08.21 Pump alarm word. Alarm information is lost at power switch-off or fault
reset.
Cause
What to do
Estimated motor
temperature (based on
motor thermal model) has
exceeded alarm limit
defined by parameter 31.03
Mot temp1 almLim.
Measured motor
temperature has exceeded
alarm limit defined by
parameter 31.03 Mot temp1
almLim.
RUN ENABLE
(0xFF54)
2004
2005
MOTOR
TEMPERATURE
(0x4310)
08.05 Alarm logger1 b5
Programmable alarm: 31.01
Mot temp1 prot
2006
2007
EMERGENCY OFF
(0xF083)
Code
2008
Cause
What to do
MOTOR ID-RUN
(0xFF84)
Motor identification is
required.
Cyclical communication
between drive and fieldbus
adapter module or between
PLC and fieldbus adapter
module is lost.
NO MOTOR DATA
(0x6381)
Parameters in group 99
have not been set.
2009
EMERGENCY STOP
(0xF081)
08.05 Alarm logger1 b9
2013
DEVICE OVERTEMP
(0x4210)
08.05 Alarm logger1 b13
2014
INTBOARD OVERTEMP
(0x7182)
08.05 Alarm logger1 b14
2017
FIELDBUS COMM
(0x7510)
08.06 Alarm logger2 b1
Programmable alarm: 50.02
Comm loss func
2018
2019
AI SUPERVISION
(0x8110)
08.06 Alarm logger2 b3
Programmable alarm: 13.32
AI superv func
2020
2021
FB PAR CONF
(0x6320)
Code
2035
2036
RESTORE
(0x6300)
Cause
What to do
Communication errors
detected between the JCU
Control Unit and the power
unit of the drive.
Restoration of backed-up
parameters failed.
Current measurement
calibration will occur at next
start.
Informative alarm.
A fault is to be autoreset.
Communication between
drive and option module
(FEN-xx and/or FIO-xx) is
lost.
2037
CUR MEAS
CALIBRATION
(0x2280)
08.07 Alarm logger3 b5
2039
EARTH FAULT
(0x2330)
08.07 Alarm logger3 b7
Programmable alarm: 30.05
Earth fault
2040
AUTORESET
(0x6080)
08.07 Alarm logger3 b8
2041
2043
STALL
(0x7121)
08.07 Alarm logger3 b11
Programmable alarm: 30.09
Stall function
2044
LOAD CURVE
(0x2312)
08.07 Alarm logger3 b12
Programmable alarm: 34.01
Overload func / 34.02
Underload func
2045
2046
U/f-curve par
(0x6320)
08.07 Alarm logger3 b14
2048
Code
2049
Cause
What to do
Estimated motor
temperature (based on
motor thermal model) has
exceeded alarm limit
defined by parameter 31.07
Mot temp2 almLim.
Measured motor
temperature has exceeded
alarm limit defined by
parameter 31.07 Mot temp2
almLim.
IGBT TEMP
(0x4210)
MOTOR TEMP2
(0x4313)
08.08 Alarm logger4 b2
Programmable alarm: 31.05
Mot temp2 prot
2050
2051
IGBT OVERLOAD
(0x5482)
2052
COOLING
(0x4290)
08.08 Alarm logger4 b5
2053
MENU CHG
PASSWORD REQ
(0x6F81)
2054
MENU CHANGED
(0x6F82)
Informative alarm.
Code
2055
DEVICE CLEAN
(0x5080)
2056
COOLING FAN
(0x5081)
2057
ADD COOLING
(0x5082)
2058
CABINET FAN
(0x5083)
2059
DC CAPACITOR
(0x5084)
2060
MOTOR BEARING
(0x738C)
2061
MAIN CONTACTOR
(0x548D)
2062
RELAY OUTPUT SW
(0x548E)
2063
2064
POWER UP COUNT
(0x6181)
2065
DC CHARGE COUNT
(0x6182)
2066
ONTIME1 ALARM
(0x5280)
2067
ONTIME2 ALARM
(0x5281)
2068
EDGE1 ALARM
(0x5282)
2069
EDGE2 ALARM
(0x5283)
2070
VALUE1 ALARM
(0x5284)
2071
VALUE2 ALARM
(0x5285)
2072
DC NOT CHARGED
(0x3250)
2074
What to do
START INTERLOCK
(0xF082)
2073
Cause
AUTOTUNE FAILED
(0x8481)
2076
Cause
What to do
Embedded fieldbus
interface has been taken
into use, and there is a
communication break
between the drive and the
master station.
Check:
selection of the parameter which
enables/disables EFB communication
(58.01 Protocol ena sel)
EFB connection at terminal XD2D on
the JCON board
status of the fieldbus master (online/
offline)
settings of the communication
supervision function (parameter 58.09
Comm loss action).
2081
AO CALIBRATION
(0x7380)
2201
PIPEFILL TIMEOUT
(0xC000)
Code
2077
2202
MIN FLOW
(0xC001)
08.09 Alarm logger5 b1
08.21 Pump alarm word b0
2203
MAX FLOW
(0xC002)
08.09 Alarm logger5 b2
08.21 Pump alarm word b1
2204
LOW PRESSURE
(0xC003)
08.09 Alarm logger5 b3
08.21 Pump alarm word b2
2205
HIGH PRESSURE
(0xC004)
08.09 Alarm logger5 b4
08.21 Pump alarm word b3
2206
2207
2208
PROFILE HIGH
(0xC007)
08.09 Alarm logger5 b7
08.21 Pump alarm word b6
Code
2209
2210
2211
ENERGY LIMIT
(0xC00A)
08.09 Alarm logger5 b10
08.21 Pump alarm word b11
2212
DATE WRONG
(0xC00B)
Cause
What to do
Maximum number of
cleaning sequences
exceeded (see parameter
group 82 Pump cleaning).
Informative alarm.
Informative alarm.
Informative alarm.
Informative alarm.
Informative alarm.
Informative alarm.
Informative alarm.
2215
BOOSTING
(0xC00E)
08.09 Alarm logger5 b14
08.21 Pump alarm word b15
2216
PIPE FILLING
(0xC00F)
08.09 Alarm logger5 b15
08.21 Pump alarm word b16
2217
NO MORE PUMPS
(0xC010)
08.10 Alarm logger6 b0
08.21 Pump alarm word b17
2218
CLEANING
(0xC011)
08.10 Alarm logger6 b1
08.21 Pump alarm word b8
2219
AUTOCHANGE
(0xC012)
08.10 Alarm logger6 b2
08.21 Pump alarm word b18
2220
SLEEPING
(0xC013)
08.10 Alarm logger6 b3
08.21 Pump alarm word b19
2221
START DELAY
(0xC014)
08.10 Alarm logger6 b4
08.21 Pump alarm word b20
2222
LC TANK FULL
(0xC016)
08.10 Alarm logger6 b5
08.21 Pump alarm word b23
Code
2223
Cause
What to do
Informative alarm.
Check that there are drives on the driveto-drive link that are allowed to become
master.
Check the wiring of the drive-to-drive link.
MF NO SHARED DATA
(0xC019)
LC TANK EMPTY
(0xC017)
08.10 Alarm logger6 b6
08.21 Pump alarm word b24
2224
2225
MF MASTER LOST
(0xC018)
2400
SOLUTION ALARM
(0x6F80)
08.08 Alarm logger4 b1
08.18 Alarm word4 b1
Cause
What to do
0001
OVERCURRENT
(0x2310)
0002
DC OVERVOLTAGE
(0x3210)
Excessive intermediate
circuit DC voltage
0003
DEVICE OVERTEMP
(0x4210)
0004
SHORT CIRCUIT
(0x2340)
Short-circuit in motor
cable(s) or motor
Extension: 1
Extension: 2
Extension: 4
Extension: 8
Extension: 16
Extension: 32
DC UNDERVOLTAGE
(0x3220)
Intermediate circuit DC
voltage is not sufficient due
to missing mains phase,
blown fuse or rectifier bridge
internal fault.
0005
Code
0006
Cause
What to do
0007
FAN FAULT
(0xFF83)
0013
0014
WIRING OR EARTH
FAULT
(0x3181)
Intermediate circuit DC
voltage is oscillating due to
missing input power line
phase or blown fuse.
ID-RUN FAULT
(0xFF84)
Extension: 1
Extension: 2
0015
SUPPLY PHASE
(0x3130)
Programmable fault: 30.06
Suppl phs loss
0016
0017
MOTOR PHASE
(0x3182)
Cause
What to do
Extension: 3
Extension: 4
Current measurement
calibration did not finish
within reasonable time.
Extension: 58
Internal error.
Extension: 9
Extension: 10
Extension: 11
Extension: 1416
Internal error.
0018
CURR U2 MEAS
(0x3184)
0019
CURR V2 MEAS
(0x3185)
0020
CURR W2 MEAS
(0x3186)
0021
STO1 LOST
(0x8182)
0022
STO2 LOST
(0x8183)
0023
Code
Code
Cause
What to do
0024
INTBOARD OVERTEMP
(0x7182)
0027
PU LOST
(0x5400)
0028
PS COMM
(0x5480)
Communication errors
detected between the JCU
Control Unit and the power
unit of the drive.
0030
EXTERNAL
(0x9000)
0031
0032
OVERSPEED
(0x7310)
0036
0037
NVMEM CORRUPTED
(0x6320)
0038
Communication between
drive and option module
(FIO-xx) is lost.
0045
FIELDBUS COMM
(0x7510)
Cyclical communication
between drive and fieldbus
adapter module or between
PLC and fieldbus adapter
module is lost.
Code
Cause
What to do
0046
FB MAPPING FILE
(0x6306)
0047
MOTOR OVERTEMP
(0x4310)
Estimated motor
temperature (based on
motor thermal model) has
exceeded fault limit defined
by parameter 31.04 Mot
temp1 fltLim.
Measured motor
temperature has exceeded
fault limit defined by
parameter 31.04 Mot temp1
fltLim.
AI SUPERVISION
(0x8110)
Programmable fault: 13.32 AI
superv func
0055
TECH LIB
(0x6382)
0056
0057
FORCED TRIP
(0xFF90)
Generic Drive
Communication Profile trip
command.
0058
0059
STALL
(0x7121)
LOAD CURVE
(0x2312)
0060
Code
0063
Cause
What to do
Estimated motor
temperature (based on
motor thermal model) has
exceeded fault limit defined
by parameter 31.08 Mot
temp2 fltLim.
Measured motor
temperature has exceeded
fault limit defined by
parameter 31.08 Mot temp2
fltLim.
IGBT OVERLOAD
(0x5482)
0065
IGBT TEMP
(0x4210)
0066
COOLING
(0x4290)
0067
FPGA ERROR1
(0x5401)
0068
FPGA ERROR2
(0x5402)
0069
ADC ERROR
(0x5403)
0070
Code
Cause
What to do
0071
EFB COMM
(0x7540)
Embedded fieldbus
interface has been taken
into use, and there is a
communication break
between the drive and the
master station.
Check:
selection of the parameter which
enables/disables EFB communication
(58.01 Protocol ena sel)
EFB connection at terminal XD2D on
the JCON board
status of the fieldbus master (online/
offline)
settings of the communication
supervision function (parameter 58.09
Comm loss action).
0201
T2 OVERLOAD
(0x0201)
0202
T3 OVERLOAD
(0x6100)
0203
T4 OVERLOAD
(0x6100)
0204
T5 OVERLOAD
(0x6100)
0205
A1 OVERLOAD
(0x6100)
0206
A2 OVERLOAD
(0x6100)
0207
A1 INIT FAULT
(0x6100)
0208
A2 INIT FAULT
(0x6100)
0209
STACK ERROR
(0x6100)
0210
JMU MISSING
(0xFF61)
Code
Cause
What to do
0301
0302
0303
0304
PU RATING ID
(0x5483)
0305
RATING DATABASE
(0x6100)
0306
LICENSING
(0x6100)
0307
DEFAULT FILE
(0x6100)
0308
Reload application.
If fault is still active, contact your local
ABB representative.
0309
APPL LOADING
(0x6300)
Application file
imcompatible or corrupted
Note: This fault cannot be
reset.
Reload application.
If fault is still active, contact your local
ABB representative.
Extension: 8
Extension: 10
Extension: 35
Extension: Other
*Reload application.
If fault is still active, contact your local
ABB representative.
USERSET LOAD
(0xFF69)
Reload.
0310
Cause
What to do
0311
USERSET SAVE
(0xFF69)
0312
UFF OVERSIZE
(0x6300)
0313
UFF EOF
(0x6300)
0314
Incompatible firmware
interface
Note: This fault cannot be
reset.
0315
RESTORE FILE
(0x630D)
Restoration of backed-up
parameters failed.
0316
DAPS MISMATCH
(0x5484)
0317
SOLUTION FAULT
(0x6200)
0318
MENU HIDING
Reload application.
Contact your local ABB representative.
0401
PIPEFILL TOUT
(0xB000)
MIN FLOW
(0xB001)
Code
0402
0403
MAX FLOW
(0xB002)
08.20 Pump fault word b1
0404
LOW PRESSURE
(0xB003)
08.20 Pump fault word b2
0405
HIGH PRESSURE
(0xB004)
08.20 Pump fault word b3
0406
0407
Code
0408
0409
MF MASTER LOST
(0xB008)
08.20 Pump fault word b8
0410
MF NO SHARED DATA
(0xB009)
Cause
What to do
Maximum number of
cleaning sequences
exceeded (see parameter
group 82 Pump cleaning).
Check that there are drives on the driveto-drive link that are allowed to become
master.
Check the wiring of the drive-to-drive link.
06xx
9
Control through the
embedded fieldbus interface
What this chapter contains
The chapter describes how the drive can be controlled by external devices over a
communication network (fieldbus) using the embedded fieldbus interface.
System overview
The drive can be connected to an external control system through a serial
communication link using either a fieldbus adapter or the embedded fieldbus
interface.
The embedded fieldbus interface supports the Modbus RTU protocol. The drive
control program can receive and send cyclic data from and to the Modbus master on
10 ms time level. The actual communication speed depends on other factors as well,
such as the baud rate (a parameter setting in the drive).
The drive can be set to receive all of its control information through the fieldbus
interface, or the control can be distributed between the fieldbus interface and other
available sources, for example, digital and analogue inputs.
Fieldbus controller
Fieldbus
Data flow
Control word (CW)
References
XD2D
XD2D
Termination
OFF
Termination
OFF
JCU Drive 1
JCU Drive 2
...
XD2D
Termination
ON
JCU Drive n
BGND 3
2
A
BGND 3
2
A
1
B
BGND 3
2
A
Parameter R/W
requests/responses
Setting for
fieldbus control
Function/Information
COMMUNICATION INITIALIZATION
50.15
FBA cw used
P.02.36
58.01
Protocol ena
sel
Modbus RTU
Node address
1 (default)
58.04
Baud rate
9600 (default)
58.05
Parity
8 none 1 (default)
58.06
Control profile
ABB Enhanced
(default)
58.07
Comm loss t
out
600 (default)
58.08
Comm loss
mode
None (default)
58.09
Comm loss
action
None (default)
58.10
Refresh
settings
Done (default)
58.30
58.31
58.32
Word order
Parameter
Setting for
fieldbus control
Function/Information
58.35
58.58
0 (default)
Data I/O 1
Data I/O 24
Setting for
fieldbus control
Function/Information
FBA
FBA
P.02.36.08
Note: To start and stop the drive through control location EXT1, set parameter 10.01 to FBA
and keep parameter 12.01 to its default value (C.FALSE).
SPEED REFERENCE SELECTION
21.01 Speed ref1 sel
EFB ref1 or
EFB ref2
EFB ref1 or
EFB ref2
Note: To control the drive speed with the Embedded fieldbus reference REF1, set parameter
21.01 to EFB ref1 and keep parameter 12.01 to its default value (C.FALSE).
REFERENCE SCALING
50.04 FBA ref1
modesel
Raw data
Speed
Raw data
Speed
ACTUAL VALUE ACT1 AND ACT 2 SELECTION (if 50.04 or 50.05 has value Raw data).
50.06 FBA act1 tr src
Any
Parameter
Setting for
fieldbus control
Function/Information
Any
Save (restores to
Done)
1)
Cyclic communication
EXT1/2
Start func
SEL
CW
REF1
REF2
2)
0
1
2
3
58.06
SEL
SW
ACT1
ACT2
2)
1
2
3
10.01
10.04
Speed REF1 sel
58.06
I/O 1
I/O 2
I/O 3
I/O 24
DATA I/O
selection
21.01
SEL
2)
Par. 01.0199.99
1
2
58.06
Group 58
21.02
Acyclic communication
Parameter
table
References
Fieldbus references (REF1 and REF2) are 16-bit or 32-bit signed integers. The
contents of each reference word can be used as the speed or process reference. In
the embedded fieldbus communication, the REF1 and REF2 are written to 02.38 EFB
main ref1 and 02.39 EFB main ref2 from where you can use them in the control of the
drive. The references are either written to the drive references as they are, or the
values are scaled. See section About the EFB communication profiles on page 364.
Actual values
Fieldbus actual signals (ACT1 and ACT2) are 16-bit or 32-bit signed integers. They
convey selected drive parameter values from the drive to the master. The drive
values are either written to the fieldbus actual values as they are, or the values are
scaled. See section About the EFB communication profiles on page 364.
Data inputs/outputs
Data input/output (I/O) are 16-bit or 32-bit words containing selected drive parameter
values. Parameters 58.35 Data I/O 1 58.58 Data I/O 24 define the addresses from
which the master either reads data (input) or to which it writes data (output).
how the drive register addresses are mapped for the fieldbus master.
You can configure the drive to receive and send messages according to one of the
four profiles: the ABB Drives classic profile, ABB Drives enhanced profile, 16-bit DCU
profile or 32-bit DCU profile. For either one of the ABB Drives profile, the embedded
fieldbus interface of the drive converts the fieldbus data to and from the native data
used in the drive. Both DCU profiles are transparent, that is, no data conversion is
done. The figure below illustrates the effect of the profile selection.
Profile selection
SEL
Fieldbus
Data
conv. &
scaling
1
2
3
Drive
58.06
Communication profile selection with parameter 58.06 Control profile are:
(0) ABB Classic
(1) ABB Enhanced
(2) DCU 16-bit
(2) DCU 32-bit
Name
OFF1_
CONTROL
Value
STATE/Description
OFF2_
CONTROL
OFF3_
CONTROL
INHIBIT_
OPERATION
RAMP_OUT_
ZERO
RAMP_HOLD
RAMP_IN_
ZERO
Bit
Name
Value
RESET
0=>1
STATE/Description
Fault reset if an active fault exists. Proceed to SWITCHON INHIBITED.
Note: This bit is effective only if the fieldbus interface is
set as the source for this signal by drive parameters.
REMOTE_
CMD
EXT_CTRL_
LOC
8, 9 Reserved.
10
11
12
Reserved
15
9
10
11
12
13
14
Name
RDY_ON
Value
STATE/Description
READY TO OPERATE.
OFF1 ACTIVE.
OPERATION ENABLED.
OPERATION INHIBITED.
FAULT.
No fault.
OFF2 inactive.
OFF2 ACTIVE.
OFF3 inactive.
OFF3 ACTIVE.
SWC_ON_
INHIB
SWITCH-ON INHIBITED.
ALARM
Warning/Alarm.
No warning/alarm.
EXT_CTRL_
LOC
EXT_RUN_
ENABLE
RDY_RUN
RDY_REF
TRIPPED
OFF_2_STA
OFF_3_STA
AT_
SETPOINT
REMOTE
ABOVE_
LIMIT
Reserved
Bit
15
Name
Value
STATE/Description
SWITCH-ON
INHIBITED
MAINS OFF
Power ON
(SW Bit6=1)
(CW Bit0=0)
NOT READY TO
SWITCH ON
A B C D
(SW Bit0=0)
READY TO
SWITCH ON
OPERATION
INHIBITED
READY TO
OPERATE
OFF1
ACTIVE
n(f)=0 / I=0
B C D
(SW Bit1=1)
(SW Bit1=0)
CW = Control word
SW = Status word
n = Speed
I = Input Current
RFG = Ramp Function
Generator
f = Frequency
(SW Bit0=1)
(SW Bit2=0)
operation
inhibited
ABB Drives
communication profile
FAULT
(SW Bit3=1)
(CW Bit7=1)
(CW Bit3=1
and
SW Bit12=1)
OFF3
ACTIVE
OFF2
(SW Bit5=0) ACTIVE
(SW Bit4=0)
n(f)=0 / I=0
(CW Bit4=0)
OPERATION
ENABLED
C D
(SW Bit2=1)
A
(CW Bit5=0)
RFG: OUTPUT
ENABLED
D
B
(CW Bit6=0)
RFG: ACCELERATOR
ENABLED
state
C
(CW=xxxx x1xx x111 1111)
OPERATION
D
(SW Bit8=1)
condition
rising edge
of the bit
If you select value Speed, the fieldbus reference can be used as a speed
reference and it is scaled as follows:
Fieldbus reference REF1 or REF2
[integer]
20 000
-20 000
If you select value Raw data, the fieldbus reference is scaled as shown in the
table below.
Fieldbus reference REF1 or REF2
[integer]
Corresponding reference
in the drive [rpm]
32 767
k 0.5
(k = value of parameter 58.11)
-32 768
k -0.5
(k = value of parameter 58.11)
If you select value Speed, the drive actual signal 01.01 Motor speed rpm is scaled
and written to the fieldbus actual value. The scaling is as follows:
Value of 01.01 Motor speed rpm [rpm]
20 000
-20 000
If you select value Raw data, the drive parameters 50.06 FBA act1 tr src and
50.07 FBA act2 tr src select the drive values for fieldbus actual value ACT1 and
ACT2. The table below shows the scaling.
Drive value
k 0.5
(k = value of parameter 58.11)
32 767
k -0.5
-32 768
400001
Fieldbus control word (CW). See section Control word for the ABB
Drives profiles on page 365.
400002
400003
400004
Fieldbus status word (SW). See section Status word for the ABB
Drives profiles on page 367.
400005
400006
400007
400030
400101409999
400001
Fieldbus control word (CW). See section Control word for the ABB Drives
profiles on page 365.
400002
400003
400004
400015
400051
Fieldbus status word (SW). See section Status word for the ABB Drives
profiles on page 367.
400052
400053
400054
400065
400101409999
400001
400002
400003
400004
400015
400051
400052
400053
400054
400065
400101409999
If you select value Raw data, the fieldbus reference type or possible use is not
selected. The value is freely usable as a speed or torque reference in the drive.
The table below clarifies the relation between the fieldbus reference and drive
reference (no scaling).
Fieldbus reference REF1 or REF2
[integer and fractional part]
Corresponding reference
in the drive [rpm or %] 1)
32767.65535
32767.65535
-32768.65535
-32768.65535
1)
If the reference value is used as the speed reference, it will be the motor speed in rpm. If the reference
value is used as the torque reference, it will be the motor torque in percent of the motor nominal torque.
If you select value Speed, the fieldbus reference can be used as a speed
reference in the drive. The table below clarifies the relation between the fieldbus
reference and drive reference (no scaling).
Fieldbus reference REF1 or REF2
[integer and fractional part]
32767.65535
32767.65535
-32768.65535
-32768.65535
If you select value Raw data, the drive parameters 50.06 FBA act1 tr src and
50.07 FBA act2 tr src select the drive parameters for the fieldbus actual value
32767.65535
32767.65535
-32768.65535
-32768.65535
If you select value Speed, the drive parameter 01.01 Motor speed rpm will be
written to fieldbus actual value. The table below clarifies the relation between the
value of drive parameter value and the fieldbus actual value (no scaling).
Value of the selected drive signal
32767.65535
32767.65535
-32768.65535
-32768.65535
400001
400002
400003
400004
400005
400006
400007
...
...
400018
400051
Status word (LSW of 02.37 EFB main sw) Least significant 16-bits
400052
Status word (MSW of 02.37 EFB main sw) Most significant 16-bits
400053
400054
400055
400056
400057
400068
400101409999
Function name
Description
0x03
0x06
0x08
Diagnostics
0x10
0x17
Read/Write Multiple
Registers
Name
Description
0x01
ILLEGAL FUNCTION
0x02
ILLEGAL DATA
ADDRESS
0x03
0x04
SLAVE DEVICE
FAILURE
0x06
10
Control through a fieldbus
adapter
What this chapter contains
The chapter describes how the drive can be controlled by external devices over a
communication network (fieldbus).
System overview
The drive can be connected to a fieldbus controller via a fieldbus adapter module.
The adapter module is installed into drive Slot 2.
ACQ810
Fieldbus
controller
Fieldbus
Other
devices
Data Flow
Control Word (CW)
References
The drive can be set to receive all of its control information through the fieldbus
interface, or the control can be distributed between the fieldbus interface and other
available sources, for example digital and analog inputs.
Fieldbus adapters are available for various serial communication protocols, for
example
Setting for
fieldbus control
Function/Information
(1) Enable
(0) No
(1) Fault
(2) Spd ref Safe
(3) Last speed
0.36553.5 s
(0) Done
(1) Refresh
Parameter
Setting for
fieldbus control
Function/Information
Note: In the Users Manual of the fieldbus adapter module, the parameter group number is 1
or A for parameters 51.0151.26.
TRANSMITTED DATA SELECTION (see also page 246)
52.01 FBA data in1
52.12 FBA data
in12
46
1416
1019999
13
1113
10019999
Note: In the Users Manual of the fieldbus adapter module, the parameter group number is 2
or B for parameters 52.0152.12 and 3 or C for parameters 53.0153.12.
After the module configuration parameters have been set, the drive control
parameters (see section Drive control parameters below) must be checked and
adjusted when necessary.
The new settings will take effect when the drive is powered up the next time (before
powering off the drive, wait at least 1 minute), or when parameter 51.27 FBA par
refresh is activated.
Setting for
fieldbus control
Function/Information
(3) FBA
(3) FBA
(0) Done
(1) Save
1)
Fieldbus adapter
DATA
OUT 2)
FBA Profile
Profile
selection
4)
1
DATA OUT
selection
Fieldbus-specific interface
2
3
4)
3)
12
DATA
IN 2)
Par. 10.0199.99
Profile
selection
5)
DATA IN
selection
10.01
10.04
Speed ref.
selection
Group 53
5)
1
3
FBA MAIN CW
FBA REF1
FBA REF2
EXT1/2
Start func
FBA MAIN SW
FBA ACT1
FBA ACT2
21.01
3)
Par. 01.0199.99
12
Cyclic communication
Group 52
Acyclic communication
See the manual of the fieldbus
adapter module.
Parameter
table
Actual values
Actual values (ACT) are 16/32-bit words containing information on selected
operations of the drive.
Fieldbus references
References (FBA REF) are 16/32-bit signed integers. A negative reference
(indicating reversed direction of rotation) is formed by calculating the twos
complement from the corresponding positive reference value. The contents of each
reference word can be used as torque or speed reference.
When torque or speed reference scaling is selected (by parameter 50.04 FBA ref1
modesel / 50.05 FBA ref2 modesel), the fieldbus references are 32-bit integers. The
value consists of a 16-bit integer value and a 16-bit fractional value. The
speed/torque reference scaling is as follows:
Reference
Scaling
Notes
Speed reference
Torque reference
State diagram
The following presents the state diagram for the FBA communication profile. For
other profiles, see the Users Manual of the appropriate fieldbus adapter module.
FBA
Communication
Profile
(FBA CW Bits 7 = 1)
Fault
(FBA SW Bit 16 = 1)
FAULT
RUN
DISABLE
(FBA SW Bit 1 = 0)
(FBA CW Bit 7 = 0)
(FBA CW Bit 8 = 1)
Par. 10.19 = 1
E
(FBA CW Bit 16 = 1)
Par. 10.19 = 0
START
INHIBITED
(FBA SW Bit 6 = 1)
OFF1
ACTIVE
(FBA CW Bit 0 = 1)
MAINS OFF
n(f)=0 / I=0
Power ON
READY TO
START
B C D
(FBA SW Bit 0 = 1)
(FBA CW Bit 12 = 0)
OFF2
ACTIVE
RUNNING
C D
(FBA SW Bit 4 = 1)
(FBA SW Bit 3 = 1)
A
(FBA CW Bit 13 = 0)
B
(FBA CW Bit 14 = 0)
RFG: ACCELERATOR
ENABLED
C
(FBA CW = xxxx xxxx xxxx xxx0 x000 1xxx 1xxx xx10)
OPERATING
D
(FBA SW Bit 8 = 1)
(FBA SW Bit 5 = 1)
n(f)=0 / I=0
11
Control block diagrams
What this chapter contains
The chapter contains a graphical representation of the control program.
ABS
ABS
a<b
a>b
a
b
a<b
a>b
a<b
a>b
a<b
a>b
ABS
Speed feedback
Cleaning
function
Scaling
79.19 High
speed
79.18 Normal
speed
Scaling
PID
0
06.02 bit 12 Ramp in zero
**
Zero
AI1 scaled
AI2 scaled
FBA ref1
FBA ref2
D2D ref1
D2D ref2
Panel
Freq in
Ext2
Ext1
( rpm )
Pipefill
function
( rpm )
Zero
AI1 scaled
AI2 scaled
FBA ref1
FBA ref2
D2D ref1
D2D ref2
Panel
Freq in
d
dt
TAccCom
PID
SPEED
SPEED
SPEED
SPEED
SPEED
SPEED
SPEED
SCALAR
Speed ref
28.03
0
AI
FBA
05.05
Pointer
28.02
0
AI
FBA
05.05
Pointer
29.03
0
AI
FBA
29.05
Pointer
29.02
0
AI
FBA
29.04
Pointer
Setpoint 2 src
Setpoint 1 src
%
m3/h
inch
28.06
28.01
29.01
%
m3/h
inch
28.06
[Act units]
04.23
04.01
28.05
[Act units]
[Act units]
04.20
[Act units]
04.21
Add
Sub
Sqrt add
Act1
28.04
[%]
04.25
04.02
[Act units]
28.05
[Act units]
04.24
[%]
04.22
04.25
0
Pointer
27.01
27.19
27.18
27.16
27.15
27.14
27.13
27.12
[%]
04.05
Flux
optimisation
Flux braking
Torque limiter
Field
weakening
Power limiter
DC voltage
limiter
U/F-curve
Motor model
DTC core
AUTO
FAST
CONST TIME
Start control
01.30 Polepairs
Gate signals
01.07 Dc-voltage
Further information
Product and service inquiries
Address any inquiries about the product to your local ABB representative, quoting
the type designation and serial number of the unit in question. A listing of ABB sales,
support and service contacts can be found by navigating to
www.abb.com/searchchannels.
Product training
For information on ABB product training, navigate to www.abb.com/drives and select
Training courses.
Contact us
www.abb.com/drives
www.abb.com/drivespartners